Home

ISO Valves Serial Bus Installation Guides

1. 1 9 ue 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 4 47 2 50 1 22 50 79 4 T 151 9 Be 0 Be 0 O 3 i 0 0 0 0 08 08 Ado i o g _ 60 7 s ND t ie Net Je e lal o f ao Sol i BS A o a a aS 4 32 k ali 109 8 a p TE E F Inches yi Neg mm 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the base using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole Mounting Base Keyswitch Set to position 1 for the RPSSSE24A dc expansion power supply Ground Lug Connection Latching Mechanism www rosscontrols com 3 Serial Bus 24VDC Expansion Power Supply Series A RPSSSE24A Install the 24VDC Expansion Power Supply Wire the 24VDC Expa
2. 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 j 47 2 50 22 T 50 79 4 i 151 9 Adapter o 6 o 0 DA a i DED EED Fe 2 39 s EPa 7 E 60 7 O I i I l Q 0 O t 4 cS ho ee a A Is A T O me j z A o Ey 4 32 i fi r k Inches yi Neg mm 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the base using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole Mounting Base Keyswitch Set to position 1 for the RPSST8M digital output modules Ground Lug Connection lt Latching Mechanism www rosscontrols com 3 Serial Bus 24 VDC Output Modules Series A RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A Install the Digital Output Module To Install the Digital Output Module Proceed as Follows 1 Using a bladed screwdriver rotate the keyswitch on
3. 3 13 5 98 j 79 4 T 151 9 9 z 2 39 o o a fi 60 7 A I I I I o O o i i i i SoS i o S J 4 32 pE 7 a D E wall ee 109 8 s Inches yi Neg mm 3 02 5 39 l Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping screws 3 Mount the base using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole Mounting Base Keyswitch Set to position 1 for the IsysNet 24VDC digital input modules Ground Lug Connection lt Latching Mechanism www rosscontrols com 3 Serial Bus 24 VDC Input Modules Series A RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A Install the Digital Input Module To Install the Digital Input Module Proceed as Follows 1 Using a bladed screwdriver rotate the keyswitch on the mounting base clockwise until th
4. 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 1 47 2 50 22 50 79 4 151 9 I O Module I O Module Ground Ground oe ane el a S m 0 iG o o Q ee O A I l I 7 o NO f A JAN ig He m pau Ne S e Inches mm 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Grounding Install the Mounting Base as Follows Each Serial Bus base has two mounting holes with the one on the right being the means to ground each module Each module must be grounded 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the adapter using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection in the I O base The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole www rosscontrols com Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter Series A RPSSCENA Set the Network Address To set the network address you can e Adjust the switches on the front of the module e Use a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server e Retrieve the IP address from nonvolatile memory The adapter reads the switches first to determine if the switches are set to a valid number You set the node address by adjusting the 3 switches on the f
5. Adapter 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 Ground 1 47 2 50 22 50 79 4 151 9 PROFIBUS I O Module I O Module Adapter Ground Ground P iG o o Q 09 O I l I o NO A IS te i g A S A w Inches mm 3 02 5 39 l Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the adapter using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection in the I O base The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole Grounding and Shielding Grounding Each Serial Bus base has two mounting holes with the one on the right being the means to ground each module Each module must be grounded Shielding For PROFIBUS adapter both PROFIBUS IN and PROFIBUS OUT metal shells are connected to the top screw hole metal ring Shielded PROFIBUS cordsets are required to help reduce the effects of electrical noise coupling One example of such a cordset is Brad Harrison s 360 Shielded Head cordset which can be found at www connector com For more Grounding and Shielding information please refer to A10324
6. 16 16 See See Torque Torque Chart 43 12 11 4 1 CV 11 2D 47 Chart A Vi f Lm I Mj i 7 pi ir Teco E l i l l l i i L l _ tetera zlo a I eae 1B O 522 CHO 19 i Di 14 a mpn Note Pins Remove before Single Solenoid 2 Position ISO 15407 2 face away attempting to from body remove ltem13 i from Item 1 Body 20 See Torque Chart 16 See See Torque Torque Chart 12 11 21 2 C 4 2 2 CV 18 Chart fF at CENE l H 4 a Cum i as aa o aman Er 15 9 3 3 CVO 19 Soe PNE ieee Double Solenoid 2 Position ISO 15407 2 H Remove before a 5 od attempting to y remove Item13 Se from Item 1 Body Se ee ee Torque Torque Chart 13 12 12 18 Chart n oS enamel S ff re poms ill tem r 15A Note Pins 14 with kinks Remove before face away attempting to from body remove Item13 Double Solenoid 3 Position ISO 15407 2 from Item 1 Body Figure 1 2013 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Series W66 Size 0 26mm amp Series W66 Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service j 20 See Torque Chart 16 See 23 24 See Chart 18 12 11 4 14 22 17 Char Nos SN Pe i u l mn u m S gt 16 comm ios j T o 9 8 3 Cv 19
7. RPSSCENA EtherNet I P CG T iy then Adapter Status Wei Indicator A 7 Network Activity z a Indicator R Status i betty Network Status S ctivity peno a Indicator O s ointBus O saus Em PointBus Status alee Indicator Adapter System Power ROSS Indicator Adapter Power Indicator Indication Probable Cause PointBus Status check module status indicator Flashing Red Green Recoverable fault has occurred At power up the number of expected modules does not equal the number of modules present A module is missing Node fault I O connection timeout Unrecoverable fault has occurred The adapter is bus off Controller in program idle mode Ethernet cable open Adapter is on line with connections Indication Probable Cause Adapter Status Off No power applied to device Flashing Red Green LED power up test module self test Green Device is operating normall Flashing Red Recoverable fault has occurred Firmware NVS update Network IP address changed CPU load exceeded Solid Red Unrecoverable fault has occurred Self test failure checksum failure at power up ramtest failure at power up Firmware fatal error Probable Cause Network Activity Off No link established established normal operation run mode Indication Probable Cause System Power Flashing Green Off Transmit or receive activit Green Link established Not active Field
8. _ 9 12 Ground Pin Pin Address Color Number Number Color Address 1 Black 1 3 Brown 5 Red 7 Orange 9 Yellow 14 Brown White 2 15 Red White 4 16 Orange White 6 17 Green White 8 11 Green 18 Blue White 10 13 Blue 19 Purple White 12 20 Red Black 14 19 Pin Round Cable Specifications i 08 21 Orange Black 16 SOMANOnNRWND Face View Male 19 Pin Connector 17 Gray 9 Wh 7 i EA Common Pin 7 is rated for 8 amps Cable common wire must 19 White 10 5 Eo a be greater than total amperage of solenoids on a manidfold 21 Pink 11 i ae a 12 assembly ee 25 Pink Black 24 Common Black White 13 Example 8 station manifold 16 solenoids 120VAC 16 x 039 amps 63 total amp rating NEMA 4 rated with properly assembled NEMA 4 rated cable 25 Pin D Sub Cable Specifications Part Number Length Common Pin 13 is rated for 3 amps Common wire rating R333030P80M050 Brad Harrison Female to Male Cable 16 40 ft must be greater than total amperage of all solenoids on a R333030P80M100 Brad Harrison Female to Male Cable 32 80 ft manifold assembly IP65 rated with properly assembled IP65 rated cable M23 12 Pin Round Connector Male M23 12 Pin Round Connector Female Pin Pin Pin Pin Number Address Number Address Number Address Number Address 1 Input O Input 6 1 Input O 7
9. C O e Mounting Screws Alternating Fittings must be used in order to fit two Size 00 regulators to each other For all Instruction Sheets go to www rosscontrols com A10326 W66 Size 0 26mm amp W66 Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service A10327 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Interposed Flow Controls A10329 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 Interposed Regulators A10330 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 1 Subbbase amp Manifold Installation A10331 W65 Size 1 2 amp 3 ISO 5599 1 5599 2 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10329 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicin
10. For ControlNet highlight the RPSSCCNA or 1738 ACNR Shown right click and select New Module 3 TO Configuration m A 000 1 1 Gacy CHet Scanner For EtherNet IP highlight the RPSSCENA or 1738 AENT Shown right click and select New Module TO Configuration A 1 0 1755 180 CNet Scanner AF 6 0 1736 ACNR IA CNet Adapta 2 I7SE DME Ohlas Scanner 3 I FS6 ENATIA EMet_Scannar 0 1733 ALNT iA CNet Adapta 318115 New Modus E Cut DrX H Copy Chan Delete Tiel Cross feference CbrHeE Fropar Es If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 15 X or greater e Choose the RPSST8M12A module from the list of Parker modules E irer hdo bips Hek ded he A brp Hv co ee FEJ Panipat Hyi ga ihig F Dire Are claret PA ree Sree ee AL bia Deck cee sourcing Hl birgt Hak Gg pouring BE birgi k Gh coerce Ha ee TAE A i steed Svc ee eee FET iai Dhc diel poesia baii ag oai Mis Paaa g alae PE Taki rele ML oap Hit dba sour mule Pe hi Pra ar ie PT Eis e Enter a name and click OK adele Paprika Chet Sdaples 2 PSSA ee I 1 Darsa Cormechor Padus ina Fei rognan diction Cordegusadeon I per PHT Be eet eds cited coercing 12 Tmi Pim her Can Da ida Are ME aapi leogo e Notice that the RPSST8M12A is now under the I O configuration 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Output Modules Series A RPSST8M23A
11. Check_Configuration telegram rejected Maximum number of I O modules in master configuration overridden 2QHz SetPrm telegram rejected The first byte in user parameter data does not equal zero System Power Indicator shows the 5V power output from the dc dc converter Maximum number of user Adapter Power Indicator shows the 24V power input to the dc dc converter parameter bytes overridden Indication Probable Cause System Power Off Not active field Power is off overloaded backplane or dc dc converter problem System power 5V present indication Probable Cause Adapter Power Off Field power not applied Green Field power 24V applied 6 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Specifications Following are specifications for the RPSSCPBA PROFIBUS adapter PROFIBUS Adapter RPSSCPBA Expansion I O Capacity e PROFIBUS adapter backplane current output 1 0A maximum See the list below for backplane current consumption for each I O catalog number and the current consumption for each of the modules connected to the PROFIBUS adapter Verify that it is below 1 0A e Backplane current can be extended beyond 1 0A with a RPSSSE24A Backplane Extension Power Supply The RPSSSE24A can supply up to an additional 1 3A of backplane current e Multiple RPSSSE24A modules can be used to reach the maximum of 63 modules Cat No PointBus Curren
12. P s O re O p O re O ee O NO Ce NO O NO o1 NO i Setup the 32 Point Valve Driver in DeviceNet Step 1 Load 32 Point Valve Driver EDS file to RSLinx e Download EDS file from www rosscontrols com rosslit htm e On your computer follow Start gt Rockwell Software gt RSLinx Tools gt EDS Hardware Installation Tool to load the EDS file to RSLinx Step 2 Configure the DeviceNet Scanner Subnet e Reference Chapter 4 of the Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters User Manual Bulletin 601 Form A10311 for detailed information Make sure to add RPSSV32A to the DeviceNet Adapter s scanlist Step 3 Add the Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapter to the DeviceNet Scanner s Scanlist e Reference Chapter 5 of the Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters User Manual Bulletin 601 Form A10311 for detailed information Step 4 Use 32 Point Valve Driver in RSLogix 5000 e Access RPSSV32A data via DeviceNet Scanner in the ladder logic program Setup the 32 Point Valve Driver in ControlNet Step 1 Load 32 Point Valve Driver EDS file to RSLinx e Download EDS file from www rosscontrols com rosslit htm e On your computer follow Start gt Rockwell Software gt RSLinx Tools gt EDS Hardware Installation Tool to load the EDS file to RSLinx Step 2 Add Controller and Communication Module to the RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration e Add a controller and a communication module Serial Bus RPSSCCNA or Rockwell 1738 ACNR to I O configuration Refe
13. RPSSV32A Outputs 1 24 Connector Outputs 25 32 Connector Uuu N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus 32 Poin
14. Category 2 If it must cross power feed lines it should do so at right angles Route at least 5 ft from high voltage enclosures or sources of rf microwave radiation If the conductor is in a metal wireway or conduit each segment of that wireway or conduit must be bonded to each adjacent segment so that it has electrical continuity along its entire length and must be bonded to the enclosure at the entry point Properly shield where applicable and route in a raceway separate from category 1 conductors lf in a contiguous metallic wireway or conduit route at least 0 08m 3 in from category 1 conductors of less than 20A 0 15m 6 in from AC power lines of 20A or more but only up to 100 kVA 0 3m 1 ft from AC power lines of greater than 100 kVA If not in a contiguous metallic wireway or conduit route at least 0 15m 6 in from category 1 conductors of less than 20A 0 3m 1 ft from AC power lines of 20A or more but only up to 100 kVA 0 6m 2 ft from AC power lines of greater than 100 kVA Category 3 Route conductors external to all raceways in the enclosure or in a raceway separate from any category 1 conductors with the same spacing listed for category 2 conductors where possible Important These guidelines assume that you follow the Surge Suppression guidelines page 15 While these guidelines apply to the majority of installations certain electrically harsh environments may require additional precautions The use of t
15. Installation See Figure 1 Size 00 Interposed Regulator shown as example Not following these instruction may result in Interposed Regulator damage or inadequate thread engagement which may lead to personal injury property damage or economic loss e Remove pressure and electrical connections before installation e All threads on tie rods and screws must be free of rust water or other debris which could prevent finger thread engagement W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 Interposed Regulators Step 1 Install Tie Rods 1 Install two Tie Rods 6 to the base torque finger tight 2 Adjust tie rod height to 28 5 28 0 mm 1 12 1 10 inch as figure shows 3 If finger tight height exceeds 28 5 mm 1 12 inch use mechanical tightening as necessary to get the proper height Note Base could be a manifold sub base or interposed flow control A Max 28 5 mm 1 12 Inch Min 28 0 mm 1 10 Inch ae Step 2 Install Interposed Regulator 1 Lay the Interposed Regulator Gasket 5 on the Base Make sure the two rubber projections are face up and the orientation of the gasket is correct 2 Engage both Tie Rods 6 into mounting holes on Regulator Body lower the Regulator Body Carefully engage the Electrical Plug into the Base 4 Continue to lower the Regulator Body by carefully engaging the two rubber projections on the gasket into the appropriate holes on the Regulator Body 5 Press the Regulator Bod
16. RPSSTR4M12A RPSSTRAM12A ROSS Form A Isolated Relay Out Female Female Connector Connector M12 A M12 B LED Female 3 O Indicators Connector M12 C Female Connector M12 D WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL
17. www rosscontrols com Size 1 2 amp 3 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Size 1 to Size 3 Manifold Assembly Isolator Plug Locations with Transition Plates See Figure 7 The smaller manifold must be on the left side of the Transition Righi Plate The Transition Plate Item 6 acts as a combination right end plate for the smaller manifold and left end plate for the larger manifold 1 Lay Left Hand End Plate when looking at cylinder ports a ate arate port side down Place Gasket in gasket track ei 2 Add Station 1 Manifold and tighten all 3 bolts finger tight 3 Build manifold vertically by adding Gaskets Isolator Plugs Transition Plate and remaining Manifolds 4 Lay entire manifold on a flat surface and tighten screws to torque specification 5 Place Right Hand End Plate and tighten screws to torque specifications in chart 6 Add Valves and Accessories All Manifold Assemblies should be leak tested before operation Manifold End Plate Assembly Torque Values 40 Torque in Ib Item 4 40 to 50 Nm 4 5 to 5 6 Torque in Ib Item 10 195 to 205 Nm 22 0 to 23 2 O ring Seal Lightly grease with provided lubricant Figure 7 Size 1 to Size 3 Transition Assembly Item Description 1 Interconnect Wiring Plate 25 Pin D Sub Connector Shown Size 1 2 Manifold Gasket Size 1 3 Manifold Base Size 1 4 Mounting Screws Size 1 5 Wire Harness 6 Transition Plate Size 1 to
18. 241 241 30 Internal Pilot Single Solenoid 2 Position Double Solenoid 2 Position Single Remote 2 Position Double Remote Pilot 2 Position Double Solenoid 3 Position Double Remote Pilot 3 Position Single Solenoid 2 Position Air Return Spring Assist 30 Single Remote Pilot 2 Position 207 207 Air Return Spring Assist External Pilot a S Size 0 amp Size 00 Series External Pilot Pressure Remote Pilot Signal 45 to 145 PSIG 310 to 1000 kPa Ambient Temperature Range 15 C to 49 C 5 F to 120 F Voltage Range Rated Voltage 10 15 UN CAUTION Solenoid versions of this valve contain solid state components that can be damaged by transient voltage spikes over voltage or high temperature To protect against premature solenoid failure please read and adhere to the following If this solenoid operated valve is used in a circuit with other inductive loads the solenoid should be electrically protected with a voltage suppression device e g transient voltage suppressor or varistor that has a minimum rating of 1 6 times the rated voltage of the solenoid valve and sufficient capacity to dissipate the energy of other inductive loads www rosscontrols com Series W66 Size 0 26mm amp Series W66 Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service UN CAUTION Solenoid versions of this valve are to be earth 8 grounded through the direct metal to metal contact of the valve body to an appropriately gr
19. An earth ground is recommended for all voltages Follow standard electrical protocol Air Piping Assembly Port Connections Manifold stacks subbases have three common air passage galleries For Single pressure piping connect the inlet supply to Port 1 Ports 3 and 5 are then the exhaust ports For Dual pressure piping connect the two inlet supplies to Port 3 and Port 5 it is recommended that the higher pressure be supplied to Port 3 Port 1 is then the exhaust port See Manifold 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Size 1 2 amp 3 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Isolation Page 8 if the application requires groups of valves with different pressure supplies Connect the cylinder ports 2 and 4 to the cylinder or other device to be supplied with air from the valve These ports are at the end and bottom if so ordered of each base Note If Pressure is supplied to one end of a manifold the pressure port s on the opposite end must be plugged External Pilot Connections An external pilot supply is used when the main inlet pressure is below the minimum valve operating pressure or when the pilot pressure is different from the main inlet pressure Supply pilot air to either Port 14 or Port 12 and plug the one not being used Manifold Assembly with Interconnect Wiring The Interconnect Wiring System Figure 4 amp 5 makes the electrical connection user friendly Each individual manifold base carries
20. EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Installation amp Operating Instructions An Interposed Flow Control controls the flow of air from the valve exhaust ports to atmosphere The Size 0 amp Size 00 4 Way valve is typically used with a double acting cylinder alternately pressurizing one end while exhausting the other Cylinder speed can be influenced by restricting the exhaust path Installation amp Service Instructions A10327 Size 0 amp Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Interposed Flow Controls ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None The Interposed Flow Control is intended for use with the respective subbase or manifold mounted valves Size 0 amp Size 00 valves and flow controls are designed in conformance to ISO 15407 2 Size 0 amp Size 00 Flow Controls are only recommended for use with Common Port versions of Interposed Regulators The Flow Control is to be assembled between the regulator and the subbase or manifold If used with Independent Port version of Interposed Regulator functionality is limited as follows Interposed Flow Control used in conjunction with Independent Port version of Interposed Regulator Adjust speed with the adjusting screw labeled 5 It adjusts the speed
21. Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See
22. T foaaeal Fai ms ors TE a mi b ie me i ehai i i i r s eg a bid ier ee i oe ial kia ET ES e n GA iin LEE FA km imapin T T i m Ee De eee OE Pe Ez li m i h Bhi if oo i ES ea T riimi jr pua i Fi I e Reference pages 4 13 through 4 14 of Rockwell publication 1734 UM011 for similar information Step 6 Download the Program to the Controller e Reference pages 4 13 through 4 14 of Rockwell publication 1734 UM011 for similar information Setup the 32 Point Valve Driver in Profibus Step 1 Configure Valve Driver Module in SST Profibus Configuration Utility Note SST PFB CLX is used here for example For different Profibus scanners refer to appropriate documentation for setup information e Download GSD file from www rosscontrols com rosslit htm e n SST Profibus Configuration Utility follow Library gt Add GSD to load the GSD file to SST Profibus e n SST Profibus Configuration Utility follow Browse gt Search for devices to load the GSD file to SST Profibus e Right click on the found device follow GSD files and click on appropriate GSD for RPSSV32A e Add RPSSV32A as slave to SST PFB CLX master e Detailed information can be found in the SST PFB CLX User Guide Ver 1 4 715 0022 which is available on www woodhead com Step 2 Add SST Profibus Scanner in RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration e Add SST PFB CLX scanner I O configuration Reference pages 36 to 39 of the SST PFB CLX User Guide
23. are rated for 8 amps Common wire rating MUST be greater than total amperage of all solenoids on a manifold assembly Pin Pin Number Address Number 1 Input O 7 Input 6 2 Input 1 8 Input 7 3 Input 2 9 Ret Common 4 Input 3 10 Ret Common 5 6 Address Input 4 11 Not Used Input 5 12 Ground Face View Male M23 12 Pin Connector Pin Pin Number Address Number 1 Input O 7 Input 6 2 Input 1 8 Input 7 3 Input 2 9 Ret Common 4 Input 3 10 Ret Common 5 6 Address Input 4 11 Not Used Ground Input 5 12 Face View Female M23 12 Pin Connector Figure 3 Grounding Instructions The Collective Wiring addressing system is grounded by connecting a user supplied case wire to the outside ground screw on the End Plate Size 1 or the Interface Plate Size 2 Size 3 Use 18 gauge or larger case wire The Collective Wiring 25 Pin D Sub internal ground is made by connecting the loose ring terminal to the ground screw provided at the internal wire passageway on the Size 1 The Size 2 Size 3 internal ground connection is the ground screw on the Interface Plate located closer to the wire passageway The collective wiring 12 Pin or 19 Pin Round Connector internal ground is made by connecting the lead wire with a ring terminal ground wire to the ground screw provided at the internal wire passageway Size 1 or at the Interface Plate ground screw located closer to the wire passageway
24. e Add EtherNet IP scanner and PSSCENA or 1738 AENT adapter to I O configuration Reference pages 4 4 to 4 8 of Rockwell publication 1734 UM011 for similar information Step 4 Add 32 Point Valve Driver to RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 15 X or greater e Highlight the PSSCENA under I O configuration right click and select New Module e Choose the RPSSV32A module from the list of Ross modules E iri Hader m pau dere De pie Piao Hann oa PS fe PaaS Ps Pare PY Pi e aa PS La PLS Prag Per E Pee Fao Tors FETAH Pii Fare E Pa 2 Eel Sha ee order FL Eiri Hk diese are FEJ bipi Hak a airding Fai Farge mag caer Bis Caga Se ee Pe Eii Deck a mig HL Beira Hak igi eirg MES birgai Hak digital ccc Ma Bede ea eee aie PF alin eye cee pour PEI Eip Shy dial source FE Paip arab caret ote ped mehki Fia Fes tore e Enter a name optional and click OK Pre Heduba Deman Canetti hedi irb Fiy e a Dia Pee ne Se A ee A ar ec Poe Lean Coe EHe Adan B e urii Gemcepborn FE Pan window n Hide eiie arik TFH i _ Ceres ore Vise Coie Dia 2a it fiche onary ad F iced MTA Notice that the 32 Point Valve Drive Module is now under O Configuration www rosscontrols com Serial Bus 32 Point Valve Driver Series A RPSSV32A If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 13 X e Highlight the 1738 AENT under I O configuration right click and se
25. 40 to 185 F IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 95 non condensing IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 500Hz IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz IEC 61000 4 4 4kV at 5kHz on power ports 2kV at 5kHz on communications ports IEC 61000 4 5 1kV line line DM and 2kV line earth CM on power ports 2kV line earth CM on shielded ports IEC 61000 4 6 10Vrms with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150kHz to 80MHz Emissions CSPR 11 Group 1 Class A Enclosure Type Rating Meets IP65 66 67 when marked Mounting Base Screw Torque 8 screw 7 5 in lbs in Aluminum 16 in lbs in Steel Wiring Category 1 on power ports 1 on communications ports Weight Imperial Metric 0 80 Ib 0 36 kg Certifications when product is marked c UL us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada CE European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1
26. A WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF ROSS CONTROLS PRODUCTS ASSEMBLIES OR RELATED ITEMS PRODUCTS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY PROPERTY DAMAGE POSSIBLE CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THESE PRODUCTS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO e Unintended or mistimed cycling or motion of machine members or failure to cycle e Work pieces or component parts being thrown off at high speeds e Failure of a device to function properly for example failure to clamp or unclamp an associated item or device e Explosion e Suddenly moving or falling objects e Release of toxic or otherwise injurious liquids or gasses Before selecting or using any of these Products it is important that you read and follow the instructions below 1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 1 1 Scope This safety guide is designed to cover general guidelines on the installation use and maintenance of ROSS CONTROLS Valves FRLs Filters Pressure Regulators and Lubricators and related accessory components 1 2 Fail Safe Valves FRLs and their related components can and do fail without warning for many reasons Design all systems and equipment in a fail safe mode so that failure of associated valves FRLs or related accessory components will not endanger persons or property 1 3 Relevant International Standards For a good guide to the application of a broad spectrum of pneumatic fluid power devices see ISO 4414 1998 Pn
27. FETTA ee oo e a ML PS Tea Le sipi anion vee A a Se i aT cree Pt oe i PEVA Aip H b orar a Delete Cel Fari dhd Fri he PD O pei Fuvecaiima oe tot tied Crass Reference Chr e e Enter a name and click OK For EtherNet IP highlight the RPSSCENA or1738 AENT Shown right click and select New Module 0001 1756 0N3 0 Net _Scanner E ra Module Bea Carini ch et iina Coia iha Cega Colca ir 5 PESACH 28 Jopa salg wi l y a 0 AA CHat_Adapter co ETO a N 2 17560AB Oe Seance Finini Dhia lajit o 3 1756 NETjA ENat_Seaener ba P l a HO 1736 RENTIA EMet Adanta amp cut Cb Be copy Chr g Telsta Dal Cross Reference OCbl e Progatias e Notice that the RPSSNACM12A is now under the I O configuration 6 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Input Modules Series A RPSSNACM12A RPSSNAVM12A If your RSLogjic 5000 is Version 13 X e Choose the equivalent Rockwell Automation module from the list of modules Select Madisle Type Tears Di sein ee ibe Paes Ad Te an laaa Al ph de 1 PS CA YS AE A LAr TELH a 2 Pari 1A AC iat LT seid ee Per SO Ee bent FSH BS ee 2 Pa OE ee el eet Ea 1 FSH Bled l Pert 1a get Sa ARH EEL i Poort TLS Pe Ee he z Pere J TEHE INA 3 Pan 104 28 FH Bs 3 Pad 1A THEM Te MEE Dab Ea ETTEI d herel Araig ig 1 See Gann Y OC Encode Counts oe st bs Pec a a T iher FT OD be shee carci idl
28. L3o o 0 L3 Wall H19 H4 q Back Panel Step Down Transformer Ground Bus Multiple E Stop Switches The I O circuits form a net inductive load switched by the CRM contacts Therefore a suppressor is needed Controller across the line at the load Power Supply side of the CRM contacts Output Input Actuator Module Wiring Arm Output Module Wiring Arm OO Input Sensor Notes 1 To minimize EMI generation connect a suppressor across an inductive load 2 In many applications a second transformer provides power to the input circuits and power supplies for isolation from the output circuits 3 Connect a suppressor here to minimize EMI generation from the net inductive load switched by the CRM contacts In some installations a 1uf 220 suppressor or 2uf 100Q suppressor has been effective ROSS Grounded Conductor uppressor Equipment Grounding Conductors Grounding Electrode Conductor to Grounding Electrode System Connect When Applicable k c To DC I O Actuators Sensors www rosscontrols com Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Connect one input directly to the L1 side of the line on the load side of the CRM contacts to detect whether the CRM contacts are closed In the ladder logic use this input to hold off all outputs anyti
29. Output 5 Pin 12 Chassis Output 4 M8 E Output 5 M8 F Output 6 M8 G Output 7 M8 H RPSST8M12A ATTENTION Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to 4 properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements view into connector Pin 1 24VDC Pin 2 Output 1 M12 A Pin 4 Output O M12 A Output 3 M12 B Output 2 M12 B Output 5 M12 C Output 4 M12 C Output 7 M12 D Output 6 M12 D Pin 3 Common Pin 5 No Connect Communicate With Your Module I O messages are sent to Consumed and received from produced the I O modules These messages are mapped into the processor s memory These I O output modules produce 1 byte of input data scanner Rx status They consume 1 byte of I O data scanner Tx Default Data Map for the Output Modules RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A samen Size 1 Bida a Ch7 Ch6 Ch5 Ch4 Ch3 ao Ch1 ChO a Scanner Rx Status Consumes Ch7 Ch6 Ch5 Ch4 Ch3 Ch2 Ch1 Ch0 Output Scanner Tx State Where Channel Status 0 no error 1 error Output State 0 OFF 1 ON EDS File Requirements The EDS files are available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm www rosscontrols com 5 Serial Bus 24 VDC Output Modules Series A RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A Add 24 VDC Output Modules to RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration To add your output modules to RSLogix 5000 I O configuration follow these steps e In RSLogix 5000
30. RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 13 X e Choose the equivalent Rockwell Automation module from the list of modules eh Thee ade re pada 4 Pore 1 I rial ra PS Weel t Pot a AD Oupa 2 Pere DOV DE Ebecirretaly Fuel iaa Sete oP oe WS DC Ebel eel Peete Ce Eo i Furi HY Fi DG Ekaini Ba Fs af Tia rt Tit d Port AN DE Decide ally Pig 0 Pot TO OC Ulet E Fort LN 2 UL Eire aed Lt Sec adini Wace z i ren reih uei Oh dim ae peer recy Wee Chel i Pree TSO Ebene aed Gadi Gard Dir mi a ae pkai all Dipi eS eee see a bee 2 Corian Ciy rt Serial Bus Modules Equivalent Rockwell Automation 1738 ArmorPoint Modules RPSST8M8A 1738 OB8EM8 1738 OB8EM12 1738 OB8EM23 1738 OB8EM23 profile will be available in RSLogix 5000 v15 RPSST8M23A To use 1738 OB8EM23 in RSLogix 5000 v13 choose 1738 OB8EM12 profile and disable keying e Enter a name optional slot number and communication format Make sure to choose Compatible Module for Electronic Keying setting Module Hrapertics Lrt Adapto 1 16 OBAL WT AA 3 1 T E 1 RH cee ed PR a CoEsoa onal E T r t Nera Sher Erte Pian EMet_Saba 2 Rae H ou hy l en i Coan Eus A iia p5 a non l Cire ares rt ay fh ner Las Fie ee T e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the output module is now under the I O configuration Troubleshoot With the Indicators RPSST8M12A o
31. Surge suppressors are usually most effective when connected at the inductive loads They are still usable when connected at the switching devices however this may be less effective because the wires connecting the switching devices to the inductive loads act as antennas that radiate EMI You can see the effectiveness of a particular suppressor by using an oscilloscope to observe the voltage waveform on the line Ferrite Beads Ferrite beads can provide additional suppression of transient EMI Fair Rite Products Corporation manufactures a ferrite bead part number 2643626502 which can be slipped over category 2 and 3 conductors You can secure them with heat shrink tubing or tie wraps With a ferrite bead located near the end of a cable or cable segment in the case of a daisy chain or dropline configuration transient EMI induced onto the cable can be suppressed by the bead before it enters the equipment connected to the end of the cable Enclosure Lighting Fluorescent lamps are also sources of EMI If you must use fluorescent lamps inside an enclosure the following precautions may help guard against EMI problems from this source as shown in Figure 12 e Install a shielding grid over the lamp e Use shielded cable between the lamp and its switch e Use a metal encased switch e Install a filter between the switch and the power line or shield the power line cable Figure 12 Installation Requirements for Suppressing Noise From
32. The Transition Plate Item 6 acts as a combination right end plate for the smaller manifold and left end plate for the larger manifold 1 Lay Left Hand End Plate when looking at cylinder ports port side down Place Gasket in gasket track 2 Add Station 1 Manifold and tighten all 3 bolts finger tight 3 Build manifold vertically by adding Gaskets Isolator Plugs Transition Plate and remaining Manifolds 4 Lay entire manifold on a flat surface and tighten screws to torque specification 5 Place Right Hand End Plate and tighten screws to torque specifications in chart 6 Add Valves and Accessories All Manifold Assemblies should be leak tested before operation Manifold End Plate Assembly Torque Values Torque in lb Item 4 40 to 50 Nm 4 5 to 5 6 Torque in lb Item 10 195 to 205 Nm 22 0 to 23 2 Isolator Plug Locations with Transition Plates Right OW A Smaller Transition Manifold Larger Always Plate Manifold on Left Figure 6 Size 1 to Size 2 Transition Assembly Description 1 Interconnect Wiring Plate 25 Pin D Sub Connector Shown Size 1 2 Manifold Gasket Size 1 3 Manifold Base Size 1 4a Mounting Screws M6 x 16mm 4b Mounting Screws M6 x 25mm 5 Wire Harness 6 Transition Plate Size 1 to Size 2 7 Manifold Gasket Size 2 8 Manifold Base Size 2 9 Right End Plate Size 2 10 Mounting Screws amp Lock Washers Size 2 11 Dome Plug 12 O ring
33. describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understandi
34. for detailed information e Notice that the SST PFB CLX scanner is now under the I O configuration E Lo Configuration a W 2 1 2756 ONe D CNet Scanner Al 2 1756 4DNB DNet_Scanner A 3 17 56 ENST A ENet_Scannes 0 1735 AENTIA ENet_Adaptor S 1 1733 MODULE VOM _ENet B 4 1756 MODULE S5T_PFB_CLY slot number Step 3 Access Module Data via the SST PFB CLX Scanner and Create Ladder Program e Reference Chapter 7 of the SST PFB CLX User Guide for addressing information 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 32 Point Valve Driver Series A RPSSV32A Troubleshoot With the Indicators RPSSV32A ROSS RPSSV32A Module Status Indicator Mod ia Network Status Aah Indicator Output Fault Status Indicator indication Probaecass OOOO Module Status Red Unrecoverable fault may require device replacement S Unrecoverable fault may require device replacement Flashing Red Green Device is in self test Network Status Device is not on line Off Device has not completed dup_MAC id test Device not powered check module status indicator Flashing Green Device is on line but has no connections in the established state Green Device is on line and has connections in the established state Flashing Red One or more I O connections in timed out state Critical link failure failed communication device Device detected error that prevents it from communicating on the network C
35. for replacement labels RPSSCDM18PA Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines fue 7 see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form Mini 7 8 A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at Connector www rosscontrols com rosslit htm RPSSCDM18PA DesficeNet Adapter O Status DeviceNet O Status PointBus O Status 0 Node Address Switches System Power Adapter Power Mini 7 8 Auxiliary Power Connector ROSS WARNING Introduction FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED product ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE S This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters Series A subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM1 8PA is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including The sealed IP67 housing of these adapters requires no enclosure consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may req
36. inductive kick voltages that might exceed the DV DT limit The DI DT rating specifies the maximum rate at which current flow may be increased when switching from OFF to ON Currents that increase faster than the DI DT rating cause localized hot spots due to current crowding in a small area until the entire cross section can become conductive This results in gradual degradation of the device Subsequent operations generally result in over dissipation and short circuit failures even under normal load conditions The most common situations for high DI DT are low load impedance or capacitance loads Manufacturers of solid state equipment usually include internal means to limit the rate of rise of voltage and current Nonetheless the user should be aware that additional external means may be necessary to adjust to the specific conditions of some installations C 2 6 Surge Current The manufacturer may specify allowable surge current Common practice is to specify the peak sinusoidal current that can be allowed for one half cycle at line frequency The intent behind this practice is to give the user information for selecting an appropriate fuse or other current limiting means Applications that require short term overcurrent capability e g motor starting must observe the manufacturer s restrictions on the number of times the device can be Subjected to overcurrent in a specified time interval The user should be aware that this specif
37. o b Dibe ee Cki i J Cameria m hon w Dooa T 28 D rei Hap A inig W gi Serial Bus Equivalent Rockwell Automation Modules 1738 ArmorPoint Modules RPSSNACM12A 1738 IE2CM12 RPSSNAVM12A 1738 IE2VM12 e Enter a name optional slot number and comm format Make sure to choose Compatible Module for Electronic Keying setting Medufe Mroperties CMet_Adaplert 1 00 JE2CM1 20 3 1 e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the analog input module is now under the I O configuration E DAO Configuratio H 1 i 1756 ONBID ONet_Scanner EJ 8 0 173 ACNRIA CNet Adapter BEU PSST Arakg i 8 2 1 756 DN8 Dihet Scaner l ff 8 i7S6 ENBTjA Ehet Scones A 4 1756 MO0ULE S5T_PFB_CLX Troubleshoot With the Indicators RPSSNACM12A RPSSNACM12A ROSS Analog Current In Module Status Indicator Network Status Indicator GZ Z Z O g Al I O Status Indicators Z O 4 Tnaication Probable Cause of Green Device needs commissioning due to missing incomplete or incorrect configuration Recoverable fault Unrecoverable fault may require device replacement Device is in self test Probable Cause Network Status Off Device is not on line Device has not completed dup_MAC id test Device not powered check module status indicator Flashing Green Device is on line but has no connections in the established state Green Device is on line and has connections in the
38. or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Installation amp Service Instructions A10312 Serial Bus 32 Point Valve Driver Series A RPSSV32A ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Serial Bus 32 Point Valve Driver Series A RPSSV32A The sealed IP67 housing of these modules requires no enclosure Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require an additional appropriate housing The RPSSV32A module is shown below The RPSSV32A valve driver module provides an interface between the serial bus system and the valve assembly This module will always be the last module on the serial bus It controls 32 digital outputs at 24VDC Depending on valve selection it can control up to 32 single solenoid valves or 16 double solenoid valves
39. or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Installation amp Service Instructions A10323 Serial Bus I O RS 232 ASCII Module Series A RPSSS23A ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Serial Bus I O RS 232 ASCII Module Series A RPSSS23A The sealed IP67 housing of the module requires no enclosure Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require an additional appropriate housing The I O connector is a sealed M12 micro style The mounting base ships with the module The RPSSS23A module is shown below RPSSS23A RPSSS23A ASCII Interface M12 Connector 6 LED Indicators WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the
40. with devices recommended by the manufacturer 3 1 5 Overvoltage Protection To protect triacs SCRs and transistors from overvoltages it may be advisable to consider incorporating peak voltage clamping devices such as varistors zener diodes or snubber networks in circuits incorporating these devices C 3 1 3 Redundancy and Monitoring The normal operating mechanism for solid state components depends upon a deliberate electrical signal input altering the internal molecular structure of the semiconductor material Unfortunately spurious input signals may also alter the internal molecular structure without any means for external detection that this has happened Therefore solid state devices are subject to malfunction due to random causes that are undetectable Because of this redundancy and monitoring are the most highly recommended means for counteracting this situation When redundancy is used dissimilar components not susceptible to common cause failure should be used for the redundant elements if a common cause could produce simultaneous failure of those elements in a dangerous mode A safe shutdown sequence can involve much more than disconnecting electrical power for some machinery and processes Examples include machines with high inertia and hazardous access points processes that become unstable at shutdown unless a specific Sequence is followed etc The control system for such applications should be configured to d
41. 2 8 2 7 7 N eer wake 6 4 GSD File Requirements Current functionality of a PROFIBUS adapter requires a GSD file The file is easy to install and is available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm 4 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Wire the PROFIBUS Adapter Following are wiring instructions for the PROFIBUS Adapter RPSSCPBA Micro M12 B Coding Reverse Key Male In Connector Female Out Connector view into connector Pin 1 5VBUS 2 Pin 2 A Line Pin 3 GNDBUS 4 G Pin 4 B Line Pin 5 Not Used Note Please refer to page 3 Mount the Adapter and I O Base for shielding information RPSSCPBA Male Auxiliary Mini 7 8 Male In Connector view into connector O Pin 1 User Power Pin 2 Adapter Power 4 Pin 3 Protective GND Pin 4 Adapter Power Pin 5 User Power NOTE User power is the 24VDC power for field devices Adapter power is the 24VDC power for adapter It is converted to 5VDC to power Serial Bus modules ATTENTION A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements www rosscontrols com 5 Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Troubleshoot with the Indicators RPSSCPBA G SP Cs RPSSCPBA Profibus O Profibus DP Profibus In Adapter Status a
42. 3 if VY Indicator x Profibus Status Q apter l E 7 Status Indicator Profibus Z csc eee PointBus Status ae Indicator System ae System Power Indicator Adapter Power Indicator Indication Probable Cause PointBus Status Off No power supplied Hardware check in progress Initialization in progress Green Normal operation Flashing Red 1 Hz Incorrect I O module installed O module removed from backplane Red Critical link failure BUS_OFF Adapter Status Off No power supplied Hardware check in progress Initialization in progress Operating normally Hardware check fault Probable Cause Profibus Status Off No power supplied Bus is off line command from the master PSS Fo mogues insted inthe backplane No modules installed in the backplane Flashing Red 1Hz Check_Configuration telegram rejected Maximum number of I O modules in master configuration overridden 2QHz SetPrm telegram rejected The first byte in user parameter data does not equal zero System Power Indicator shows the 5V power output from the dc dc converter Maximum number of user Adapter Power Indicator shows the 24V power input to the dc dc converter parameter bytes overridden Indication Probable Cause System Power Off Not active field Power is off overloaded backplane or dc dc converter problem System power 5V present indication Probable Cause Adapter Power Off Field pow
43. 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole Mounting Base Keyswitch Set to position 3 for the analog input modules Ground Lug Connection lt Latching Mechanism www rosscontrols com 3 Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Input Modules Series A RPSSNACM12A RPSSNAVM12A Install the Analog Input Module To Install the Analog Input Module Proceed as Follows 1 Using a bladed screwdriver rotate the keyswitch on the mounting base clockwise until the number 3 aligns with the notch in the base 2 Position the module vertically above the mounting base The module will bridge two bases Module Will Bridge Two Bases RPSSNACM12A ROSS Analog Current In C co gt Y m E m 1 U G3 I Cc Co z m a SSSGNVaGNS O 3 Push the module down until it engages the latching mechanism You will hear a clicking sound when the module is properly engaged The locking mechanism will lock the module to the base Remove the Analog Input Module From the Mounting Base To Remove the Module from the Mounting Base 1 Put a flat blade screwdriver into the slot of the orange latching mechanism 2 Push the screwdriver toward the I O module to disengage the latch The module will lift up off the base 3 Pull th
44. 4 Leakage Check 1 Apply pressure to base and check for audible leakage at various joints If any are present do not not operate the valve repeat the assembly procedure until satisfied Note If both a Interposed Flow Control and Interposed Regulator is to be installed the Flow Control should be installed between the Regulator and the Base Refer to Interposed Regulator Installation amp Service Instructions A10329 for Interposed Regulator installation Adjustment Procedures For Size 0 amp Size 00 Both Adjusting Screws 4 are located at the 12 End of the assembly Adjustment screw labeled 5 controls the flow of air from cylinder Port 4 to exhaust Port 5 With a double solenoid valve this occurs when Operator 12 is actuated With a single solenoid valve this occurs when Operator 14 is not actuated Adjustment screw labeled 3 controls air from cylinder Port 2 to exhaust Port 3 1 Turn both adjustment screws clockwise until fully closed and then counterclockwise slightly 2 While cycling valve with cylinder adjust clockwise to decrease speed or counterclockwise to increase speed Component List The components listed below are for identification purposes only some of these components are available in various Interposed Flow Control Kits some are not available due to special factory assembly Individual components are not sold separately since all kit components should be installed when serviced Flow Control
45. 4 3 10V m with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz EFT B Immunity IEC 61000 4 4 4kV at 5kHz on power ports 3kV at 5kHz on signal ports Surge Transient Immunity IEC 61000 4 5 1kV line line DM and 2kV line earth CM on power ports 2kV line earth CM on shielded ports Conducted RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 6 10Vrms with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150kHz to 80MHz Emissions CSPR 11 Group 1 Class A Enclosure Type Rating Meets IP65 66 67 when marked Mounting Base Screw Torque 8 screw 7 5 in lbs in Aluminum 16 in lbs in Steel Wiring Category 1 on power ports 1 on communications ports Weight Imperial Metric 0 80 Ib 0 36 kg Certifications when product is marked c UL us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada CE European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions ODVA conformance tested to DeviceNet specifications 1 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTRO
46. 41H x 2 83W x 2 56D 112H x 72W x 65D ROSS www rosscontrols com Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA General Specifications continued IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity ESD Immunity Radiated RF Immunity EFT B Immunity Surge Transient Immunity Conducted RF Immunity 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 95 non condensing IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 500Hz IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz IEC 61000 4 4 4kV at 5kHz on power ports 2kV at 5kHz on communications ports IEC 61000 4 5 1kV line line DM and 2kV line earth CM on power ports 2kV line earth CM on shielded ports IEC 61000 4 6 10Vrms with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150kHz to 80MHz Emissions CSPR 11 Group 1 Class A Enclosure Type Rating Meets IP65 66 67 when marked
47. 8 Size 2 to Size 3 Transition Assembly Item Description Item Description 1 Cover Screw 11 Manifold Base Gasket Size 2 2 Cover Washer 12 Mounting Screws amp Lock Washers 3 Collective Wiring Module Cover Size 2 amp Size 3 4 Collective Wiring Module Gasket 13 Wire Harness 5 Tie Rod 14 Transition Plate Size 2 to Size 3 6 Collective Wiring Module 25 Pin D Sub 15 Manifold to Transition Plate Gasket Size 3 7 Interface Plate Top Ported 16 Manifold Base Size 3 8 O Rings 17 Manifold to Transition Plate Gasket Size 3 9 Pilot Gallery O Rings 18 Right End Plate Size 3 10 Manifold Base Size 2 19 O ring Seal Washer ROSS www rosscontrols com Size 1 2 amp 3 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Manifold Isolation Assembly Inlet amp exhaust galleries and pilot supply signal galleries may be isolated from those in adjacent manifolds through the use of isolation plugs Note air piloted valves whether single or double will need to be isolated at 14 and or 12 galleries to prevent improper air pressure signals reaching adjacent valves Figure 9 indicates typical assembly locations of the Main Gallery Plugs Item 1 and the Pilot Gallery Plugs Item 2 The following describes how to install plugs 1 Determine which gallery is to be isolated between two manifolds 2 Use the large Plugs Item 1 from the service kits to isolate manifolds from the main gallery s 3 Apply a light coating of grease to isolation plug and in
48. A10313 Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters Series A RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM18PA ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None A WARNING RPSSCDM12A To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage M12 e Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation wy Connector servicing or conversion Se Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this DeviceNet In See product before installation servicing or conversion G Node Address Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature O Switches and other conditions listed in these instructions Sic hae Q Sais Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below i CQ Q sas freezing i i I 0 Para Mini 7 8 Service according to procedures listed in these instructions S Auxiliary Installation service and conversion of these products must be fuer Adapter Power performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how A aapa pneumatic products are to be applied Connector After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies ROSS when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative
49. August 2007 Supersedes None RPSSN8M12A WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation RPSSNSM12A ROSS 24V de In ea Female eal Connector M12 BFemale servicing or conversion Female Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to Connector this product before installation servicing or conversion M12 A Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be Female 4 performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how Conn edor a amp pneumatic products are to be applied oO ine Ue Z 4 me U ine LED Indicators Female Connector M12 D Ws s ss D E M12 C O Jon A O After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your
50. Base To mount the I O base on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the base A mounting illustration for the base with an adapter is shown below 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 f 47 2 50 T22 50 79 4 T 151 9 Be O 3 ii 0 0 F 2 39 O r 60 7 Coa p oo a e sd 121 lol oO Aci i i i i Rone l i A A o ME a 12 Ee 4 32 A alie 109 8 S z Z Inches Yi Neu mm 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the base using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole Mounting Base Keyswitch Set to position 7 for the RPSSTR4M12A relay output modules Ground Lug Connection Latching Mechanism www rosscont
51. Body Flow Control Regulator Gasket Tie Rods Mounting Screws Valve Gasket Interposed Flow Control Kits Number Item Qty Description 18mm Interposed Flow Control AER SRA Tanoe Kit with Plug in Type 2 26mm Interposed Flow Control RPS ASA Kit with Plug in Type 2 1 Without Elect Size 00 RPS5642 Plug 2 3 2 1 Without Elect 26mm Interposed Flow Control RPS5542 lug 2 3 2 Kit with Plug in Type 1 18mm Interposed Flow Control Size 0 RPS5536 3 12 26mm Interposed Flow Control 18mm Interposed Flow Control Kit without Plug in Type 1 Tie Rod Kit For all Instruction Sheets go to www rosscontrols com A10326 W66 Size 0 26mm amp W66 Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service A10327 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Interposed Flow Controls A10329 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 Interposed Regulators A10330 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 1 Subbbase amp Manifold Installation A10331 W65 Size 1 2 amp 3 ISO 5599 1 5599 2 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10327 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing
52. C Output 3B M12 D Output 3A M12 D Pin 3 Common Pin 5 No Connect Output A Sourcing ATTENTION A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements WARNING A RPSSTR4M12A is rated for 5 28 8 VDC only Do not connect it to an AC power source Common Output B Sinking Load Powered by Internal Power Bus Common Output B Output A 24VDC Sinking Common Output B Output A 24VDC Sourcing Load Powered by External Power Bus Communicate With Your Module I O messages are sent to consumed and received from produced the I O module These messages are mapped into the processors memory The I O relay output module consumes 1 byte of output data Scanner Tx status It does not produce data scanner Rx Default Data Map for the Relay Output Modules RPSSTR4M12A Message Size 1 Byte po 7 ets jaf sat2tijot Consumes Not Used Ch3 Ch2 Ch1 ChO Output Scanner Tx State Where 0 OFF 1 ON EDS File Requirements The EDS file is available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm www rosscentrols com Serial Bus Relay Output Module Series A RPSSTR4M12A Add Relay Output Module to RSLogix 5000 If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 15 X or greater e Choose the RPSSTR4M12A module from the list of Parker I O Configuration E To add your relay output module to RSLogix 5000 I O configuration EE
53. Cowen Harm M Crinia n module www rosscontrols com T Blech kag Core ra e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the RS 232 ASCII module is now under the I O configuration 3 Vo Configuratian S A C00 1 756 CNB CHet_Scannar E a 00 1793 AcNMRA CHet Adapter EENI 1733 232ASCM ZA RS ER 2 1756 003 DMet_Scanrer 3 1758 ENBT A ENet_Scanner 4 1 756 MOOULE 551 _PPE_CLE ff Serial Bus I O RS 232 ASCII Module Series A RPSSS23A Troubleshoot With the Indicators RPSSS23A RPSSS23A ASCII Interface E TxD RxD l O Indication Probable Cause _ __ _ _ ff Green Flashing Green Device needs commissioning due to missing incomplete or incorrect configuration may require device replacement Flashing Red Green Probable Cause Network Status Off Device is not on line Device has not completed dup_MAC id test Device not powered check module status indicator Flashing Red Flashing Green Device is on line but has no connections in the established state Green Device is on line and has connections in the established state Flashing Red One or more I O connections in timed out state Critical link failure failed communication device Device detected error that prevents it from communicating on the network Communication faulted device the device has detected a network access error and is in communication faulted state Device has
54. Harness Assembly Kit Numbers eee SEE W66 Size 0 C RPsseaoP Series Wes Size 00 W66 Size 00 RPS5624P RPS5632P Series W65 Size 1 gt eee eee W65 Size 2 RPS4024P RPS4032P Outputs Outputs Series W65 Size 3 4 24 25 32 Connector Connector Plug the 2X15 connector into the valve driver module for 1 24 outputs If you have more than 24 outputs plug the 2X5 connector into the valve driver module for 25 32 outputs Plug the 2X10 and 1X10 connectors into the interconnect board in the valve manifold EDS File Requirements The EDS file is available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit hAtm eo000000000 00000 eo0o0000000000 000 ATTENTION A Make sure all four screws are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements ROSS www rosscontrols com Serial Bus 32 Point Valve Driver Series A RPSSV32A Communicate With Your Module I O messages are sent to consumed and received from produced the I O modules These messages are mapped into the processors memory The 32 point valve driver produces 1 byte of input data Scanner Rx status and consumes 1 byte of I O data scanner TX Default Data Map for the 32 Point Valve Driver RPSSV32A Message Size 1 Byte By Produce 0 OutputjOu 7 Produce 1 Ou
55. Indicator o System Tae System Power Power Indicator oes Adapter Power Indicator Adapter Status PointBus Status Off No power applied to device Off Green Device operating normally Flashing Red Recoverable fault Device is not on line Device has not completed dup_MAC id test Device not powered check module status indicator Unrecoverable fault may require device replacement Flashing Red Green Device is in self test Probable Cause DeviceNet Status Off Device is not on line Device attempting to Autobaud Device has not completed dup_MAC id test Device not powered check module status indicator Flashing Green Device is on line but has no connections in the established state Green Device is on line and has connections in the established state Flashing Red One or more I O connections in timed out state Critical link failure failed communication device Device detected error that prevents it from communicating on the network Possible duplicate MAC ID or baud rate mismatch Flashing Green Device is on line but has no connections in the established state Device is on line and has connections in the established state One or more I O connections in timed out state Critical link failure failed communication device Device detected error that prevents it from communicating on the network Possible duplicate MAC ID or baud rate mismatch Communication faulted device the device has
56. Input 6 2 Input 1 Input 7 2 Input 1 8 Input 7 3 Input 2 9 Ret Common 3 Input 2 9 Ret Common 4 Input 3 10 Ret Common 4 Input 3 10 Ret Common 5 5 6 6 Input 4 11 Not Used Input 4 11 Not Used Input 5 12 Ground Input 5 12 Ground Face View Male M23 12 Pin Connector Face View Female M23 12 Pin Connector For all Instruction Sheets go to www rosscontrols com A10326 W66 Size 0 26mm amp W66 Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service A10330 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 1 Subbbase amp Manifold A10327 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Interposed Flow Controls Installation A10329 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 Interposed Regulators A10331 W65 Size 1 2 amp 3 ISO 5599 1 5599 2 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Printed in U S A 0407 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10328 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions
57. LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE N WARNING Air exhausting from one valve into the exhaust gallery of the manifold assembly may momentarily pressurize other valve circuits open to the same gallery Design the circuit such that there is no hazard or consequence of damage from this action Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Application Limits These products are intended for use in general purpose compressed air systems only Compliance with the rated pressure temperature and voltage is necessary see Installation amp Service Instructions packed with valve Installation amp Service Instructions A10330 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 1 Subbase amp Manifold Assembly ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Subbase Assembly Torque Valve to Base Size 00 10 to 12 in lb 1 1 to 1 3 Nm Size 0 15 to 18 in lb 1 7 to 2 0 Nm Pin 3 4 Pin M12 Wiring Type Service Kits Items Included Qty 18mm End Plate Kit 1 4 NPT 18mm End Plate Kit RPEJ02 02 70 1 4 BSPP 26mm End Plate Kit RPEJ01 03 80 3 8 NPT RPEJ02 02 80 26mm End Plate Kit 18mm Intermediate RD02P 01 80 Air Supply Base Kit 1 8 NPT 26mm Intermediate Air Supply Base Kit Not Shown Not Shown 1 4 NPT 18mm Manifold Port RDO2BDO Isolation Disc Kit Not Shown 3 per Kit 26mm Manifold Port RDO1BD0O Isolation Disc Kit Not Shown 3 per Kit RDX02BLK 18mm B
58. Military Handbook 419 Grounding Bonding and Shielding for Electronic Equipment and Facilities IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources IEEE Std 518 1982 IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment IEEE Std 1100 1992 a www rosscontrols com 15 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines NOTES Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10324
59. NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter Series A RPSSCENA Before You Begin To effectively use your adapter note the following considerations Determine Compatibility If using the adapter with an Allen Bradley 1756 ENBT module or 1788 ENBT module use the following required firmware versions for these bridge modules e 1756 ENBT firmware version 2 3 or greater e 1788 ENBT firmware version 1 33 or greater If you use the BootP Utility to assign IP addresses to the adapter use
60. One or more I O connections in timed out state Critical link failure failed communication device Device detected error that prevents it from communicating on the network Communication faulted device the device has detected a network access error and is in communication faulted state Device has received and accepted an Identity Communication Faulted Request long protocol message indication Probable Cause VO Status Of Solid Green Flashing Red Green Flashing Green Channel being calibrated Flashing Red Solid Red Low or High Clamp Open wire or no power www rosscontrols com Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Output Modules Series A RPSSTACM12A RPSSTAVM12A Specifications Following are specifications for the RPSSTACM12A and RPSSTAVM12A analog output modules Analog Output Modules Outputs per Module 2 single ended nonisolated RPSSTAVM12A OV output until communication established Output Voltage 0 10V user configurable 0 0V under 5V over 10V user configurable 0 5V under 5V over Output Current 0 mA output until communication established 4 20 mA user configurable 0 20 mA user configurable RPSSTACM12A 13 bits over 0 21 mA 2 5uA cnt average value typical range 2 3 2 7uA cnt Resolution RPSSTAVM12A 14 bits 13 plus sign 1 28yuV cnt in unipolar or bipolar mode Absolute Accuracy RPSSTAVM12A 5ppm C Resistive Load on mA Output Current Load on Output Maximum Conv
61. Power Pin 2 Adapter Power 4 Pin 3 Protective GND Pin 4 Adapter Power Pin 5 User Power NOTE User power is the 24VDC power for field devices Adapter power is the 24VDC power for adapter It is converted to 5VDC to power Serial Bus modules ATTENTION A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements www rosscontrols com 5 Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Troubleshoot with the Indicators RPSSCPBA G SP Cs RPSSCPBA Profibus O Profibus DP Profibus In Adapter Status a 3 if VY Indicator x Profibus Status Q apter l E 7 Status Indicator Profibus Z csc eee PointBus Status ae Indicator System ae System Power Indicator Adapter Power Indicator Indication Probable Cause PointBus Status Off No power supplied Hardware check in progress Initialization in progress Green Normal operation Flashing Red 1 Hz Incorrect I O module installed O module removed from backplane Red Critical link failure BUS_OFF Adapter Status Off No power supplied Hardware check in progress Initialization in progress Operating normally Hardware check fault Probable Cause Profibus Status Off No power supplied Bus is off line command from the master PSS Fo mogues insted inthe backplane No modules installed in the backplane Flashing Red 1Hz
62. REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus Relay Output Module Series A RPSSTR4M12A Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throu
63. Relative Humidit IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating 5 to 95 non condensing Shock IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz Certifications UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada when product is marked European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1 Includes offset gain non linearity and repeatability error terms 2 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10321 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manu
64. Scanner a 1756 ENS TG Ehet Scanner 0 i 752 AENTIA ENa Adaster i 4 aj x cut Cox ey Copy Cote Dalta Tai Cross heeren CHHE Properties If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 15 X or greater e Choose the RPSSN8M8A module from the list of Parker modules E tei Models Mote Ph eicn phic 1 bm Bee Farber hiin Cop PSS oe Bae Ptak Gone ord ML Berge Deck chal ending FEJ Benge Hak pal ordre HA Dipi eas orori HLI birgai mig vie Fi Bal Ik Aa ee ALS Bega Hak Sga eig MS Ergai Hak al a Ha Eip Hi cel oni PZ bonnet M i r PL Biip H bA an PE Taipi Frag oTt Hl Fipa pia aie Pes Taipi irr AL Eiai Secs a arr ea Fid Packed Fai ee es PST 2 FZSTACHLIA Fh ETI 7E PETHI 2a FUA F viral oi Lanari n e Enter a name and click OK EE jH iile Drea Crei Miah bbi Ciia air Taw PS CHESS Pip ak bial pkra Ad kina Faia Hawai Con Per ee e Murs u12 rkr hae ier Flach Tipinis aoe hap e Notice that the RPSSN8M8A is now under the I O configuration 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Input Modules Series A RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A If your RSLogjic 5000 is Version 13 X e Choose the equivalent Rockwell Automation module from the list of modules l Ghee A OC Enbata a Lhee Mi lA irga l D er T haaa F laie 4 Poon TR JE UL irpai Scarce irea T hbri 2 Pest 120
65. Single Solenoid ISO 15407 1 20 See Torque Chart 16 See 23 id See Torque Torque Chart 18 12 11 4 2 CW 18 Chart es A i u S Fm ad i o 4 E com 5 9 8 3 Cv 19 Double Solenoid ISO 15407 1 16 20 See Torque Chart K See See Torque Torque Chart 11 12 18 Chart m tA ite i pipe wo 10 f 4 7 Double Solenoid 3 Position ISO 15407 1 Figure 2 Body Service Kits Valve Mounting Torque Specifications Item 20 RPS5501P 2 Position All parts below plus RPS5601P_ Body Service Kit Return Spring 1 W66 Size 0 W66 Size 00 Torque in lb 15 to 18 10 to 12 Nm 1 7 to 2 0 1 1 to 1 3 RPS5502P_ 3 Position CC RPS5602P Body Service Kit Spool 1 3 Position OC Piston Assembly 2 Operator Cap to Body Torque Specifications Item 16 Size 00 RPS5603P Body Service Kit Grease Tube 1 y 1 Cap to Body W66 Size 0 W66 Size 00 RPS5504P 3 Position PC RPS5604P Body Service Kit Torque in lb 5 to 7 Nm 6 to 80 Accessory Kits Valve to Base Gaskets
66. Size 3 7 Manifold Gasket Size 3 8 Manifold Base Size 3 9 Right End Plate Size 3 10 Mounting Screws amp Lock Washers Size 3 11 O ring Seal Washer 12 Dome Plug 13 O Ring 6 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Size 1 2 amp 3 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Size 2 to Size 3 Manifold Assembly Isolator Plug Locations with Transition Plates See Figure 8 The smaller manifold must be on the left side of the Transition O Plate The Transition Plate Item 14 acts as a combination right D L end plate for the smaller manifold and left end plate for the larger i o manifold 1 Lay Interface Plate Item 7 with O ring channels facing up aia a Peale Always on Left Place O rings in correct channels 2 Add Station 1 Manifold and tighten all 3 bolts finger tight 3 Build manifold vertically by adding Gaskets Isolator Plugs Transition Plate and remaining Manifolds 4 Lay entire manifold on a flat surface and tighten screws to torque specification 5 Place Right Hand End Plate and tighten screws to torque specifications in chart 6 Assemble Collective Wiring Module Items 1 through 6 to Interface Plate Item 7 7 Add Valves and Accessories All Manifold Assemblies should 12 be leak tested before operation Manifold End Plate Assembly Torque Values Torque in lb Item 12 195 to 205 Nm 22 0 to 23 2 O ring Seal Lightly grease with provided lubricant Figure
67. Size Part Number Size 00 RPS5505P 000 Vaive Kit Number Description aw RPS5587P RPS5687P Valve Bolt Kit 12 Size 0 RPS5505P Body to Base Gasket Kit 5 Size 00 RPS5605P Standard A www rosscontrols com 3 5 WAV X Indicates External Pilot T Indicates Internal Pilot X X Series W66 Size 0 26mm amp Series W66 Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service Remote Pilot Block Installation Not following instruction may result in Remote Pilot Block damage or inadequate thread engagement which may lead to personal injury property damage or economic loss Important e Remove pressure and electrical connections before installation e All threads on tie rods and screws must be free of rust water or other debris which could prevent finger thread engagement Step 1 Install Tie Rods 1 Install two Tie Rods 3 to the base torque finger tight 2 Adjust tie rod height to 28 5 28 0 mm 1 12 1 10 inch as figure shows 3 If finger tight height exceeds 28 5 mm 1 12 inch use mechanical tightening as necessary to get the proper height Note Base could be a manifold sub base or sandwich flow control A Max 28 5 mm 1 12 Inch Min 28 0 mm 1 10 Inch Step 2 Install Remote Pilot Block 1 Lay the Pilot Block Gasket 2 on the Base Make sure the two rubber projections are face up and the orientation of the gasket is correct 2 Engage both Tie Rod
68. Specifications LED Indicators 1 green red Adapter status 1 green red DeviceNet status 1 green red PointBus status 1 green System Power PointBus 5V power 1 green Adapter Power 24V from field supply Power Consumption Maximum 8 1W 28 8VDC www rosscontrols com Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters Series A RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM18PA General Specifications continued Power Dissipation Maximum 2 8W 28 8VDC Thermal Dissipation Maximum 9 5 BTU hr 28 8VDC Isolation Voltage 50V rms continuous voltage withstand rating Tested at 1250VAC rms for 60s Serial Power Bus Nominal Voltage 24VDC Supply Voltage 10 28 8VDC range Supply Current 10A maximum Dimensions Inches Millimeters 4 41H x 2 83W x 2 56D 112H x 72W x 65D Operating Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Storage Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 95 non condensing Shock IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g Vibration IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 500Hz ESD Immunity IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000
69. Track Seal Item 12 and Base Item 9 to the previous Base Lay the entire manifold on a flat surface align for straightness and alternately tighten each screw incrementally to torque specifications in the torque chart Place the right hand End Plate Item 13 on last base and tighten screws see torque chart NOTE Transition Plates or Isolation Plugs must be properly placed as the construction of the stack progresses See individual sections of this bulletin Add valves and accessories to the manifold if not already attached The final assembly should be leak and electrically tested before operation External Ground Location Green Screw Figure 5 Size 2 Manifold Assembly Shown Item Description Cover Screw Cover Washer Collective Wiring Module Cover Collective Wiring Module Gasket Tie Rod Collective Wiring Module 25 Pin D Sub Interface Plate Top Ported O Rings Pilot Gallery O Rings l O OND OF FW DY 2007 ROSS CONTROLS Item 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Description Manifold Base Size 2 Mounting Screw amp Lockwasher Molded Gasket Right Hand End Plate Isolation Plugs Pilot Isolation Plug Collective Wiring Module 12 Pin Round Collective Wiring Module 19 Pin Round All Rights Reserved Size 1 2 amp 3 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Size 1 to Size 2 Manifold Assembly See Figure 6 The smaller manifold must be on the left side of the Transition Plate
70. and failure modes of industrial equipment that incorporates solid state technology Those who select install use and service such equipment should apply that knowledge to make appropriate decisions that will optimize the performance and safety of their applications C 2 1 Ambient Temperature Temperature of the air immediately surrounding an open solid state device is the ambient temperature which must be considered When equipment is installed in an enclosure the enclosure internal air temperature is the ambient temperature which must be considered Solid state component manufacturers usually publish the component failure rate for an ambient temperature of 40 degrees Celsius A useful rule of thumb is The failure rate of solid state components doubles for every ten degrees Celsius rise in temperature This rule of exponential increases in failure rate is a strong incentive for the user to keep the ambient temperature as low as possible Also see sections 3 6 1 and 3 6 2 C 2 2 Electrical Noise Solid state devices are generally more susceptible to electrical noise interference than their electromechanical counterparts The reasons are straightforward The operating mechanism for electromechanical devices requires a deliberate input of electrical energy that can be converted into a sustained mechanical force that is strong enough to close the hard contacts and maintain the closure for the duration on the ON cycle Most random electric
71. are subject to change by an additional appropriate housing I O connectors are sealed M12 Be gt And E SUb lelaies arany UENO Neues style The mounting base ships with the module The RPSSTACM12A EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION and RPSSTAVM12A modules are shown below IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE ROSS The products described herein including without limitation product features www rosscontrols com 1 Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Output Modules Series A RPSSTACM12A RPSSTAVM12A Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual ar
72. be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publicati
73. by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CI
74. by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters Series A RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM18PA Mount the Adapter and I O Base To mount the adapter on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the adapter A mounting illustration for the adapter with I O bases is shown below 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 a 3 13 5 98 K 1 47 2 50 22 50 79 4 151 9 I O Module I O Module Adapter G
75. ee arecis Ferd Dade i a rE PELA Qe LL e a Ped udp oS cane Bed fa Ene ee A a a 2 J 2 a i i k TFTA AHA n ss h ee O p Ere EEN Pi Pee ee a te Chae Jiri Pog ta Equivalent Rockwell Automation Serial Bus Modules 1738 ArmorPoint Modules RPSSTACM12A 1738 OE2CM12 RPSSTAVM12A 1738 OE2VM12 e Enter a name optional slot number and comm format Make sure to choose Compatible Module for Electronic Keying setting Madak aperties Chiri Adapter 1 1736 OLIONI ZVA 0 1 1 Ee 2 2 Chere 8 ade CMe irn LA PTENT e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the analog output module is now under the I O configuration Troubleshoot With the Indicators RPSSTACM12A RPSSTACM12A ROSS Analog Current Out P Module Status Indicator D O 2 Network Status Indicator CG a 0 a lt O Status Indicators of Green Device needs commissioning due to missing incomplete or incorrect configuration Flashing Green Flashing Red Recoverable fault Unrecoverable fault may require device replacement Flashing Red Green Device is in self test Network Status Off Device is not on line Device has not completed dup_MAC id test Device not powered check module status indicator Flashing Green Device is on line but has no connections in the established state Green Device is on line and has connections in the established state Flashing Red
76. hazardous processes or machine operations Alternatively if solid state is used for circuits designated as safety critical the circuits should be designed to provide safety equivalent to the recommended hard wired electromechanical circuits In such cases consideration should be given to techniques such as redundancy feedback loops diagnostics interlocking and read only memory for critical parts of a program De energization rather than energization of the control device should be specified for STOP circuits so broken wires or corroded contacts do not go undetected E stop push buttons or pull cords should be installed at appropriate locations on a machine to provide operators with a rapid and convenient means for removing power from devices which control machine motion Alternate methods of stopping such as dynamic braking and regenerative braking may be available In order to accomplish the dynamic braking and regenerative braking function the control circuit or part of it in the equipment must remain energized during the stopping mode However operator interface components such as stop push buttons or pull cords must still be connected through normally closed contacts so broken wires or corroded contacts do not go undetected Also if dynamic or regenerative braking is used for emergency stopping provision should be made to interrupt the power circuit as soon as the machine comes to a stop 2007 ROSS CONTROLS Al
77. inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Input Modules Series A RPSSNACM12A RPSSNAVM12A Mount the I O Base To mount the I O base on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the base IMPORTANT The I O module must be mounted on a grounded metal mounting plate or other conductive surface A mounting illustration for the base with an adapter is shown below 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 47 2 T 50 22 T 50 79 4 i 151 9 Adapter z De 0 De O 3 i DED EE aef 2 39 a 5 a 60 7 A I l l A o9 O k O n l O BH l ol A A BS DE gt O 2 cb 4 32 i j ts r p Eme k Inches yi Neg mm 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the base using 8 M4 screws
78. installing operating or servicing the product Port Identification Connections Symbols Single Dual Pressure Pressure 4 2 Inlet Exhaust rlr Outlet Outlet Power Center Exhaust Inlet 42 42 Exhaust Inlet 5 Bait Postio 5 Sone aa iian Open Center Closed Center Pilot ports for External Pilot or Remote Pilot 4 2 513 5 Port 2 Position 12 14 Valves may be used for single outlet 8 Way by plugging an outlet Port ROSS ISSUED June 2013 Supersedes August 2007 issue NOTE The operator identification describes the ports that are connected when the operator is energized operator 12 connects Port 1 to Port 2 operator 14 connects Port 1 to Port 4 Other ports may also be connected or blocked see symbols on the valve Z CAUTION It is recommended that double solenoid and double remote air pilot operated 2 Position valves be mounted so that the axis of the valve spool is in the horizontal plane Lubrication Factory Pre lubed If lubricating in service use paraffin based mineral oil with 150 to 200 SSU viscosity 100 F CAUTION Do not use oils that are synthetic reconstituted have an alcohol content or a detergent additive Application Limits These products are intended for use in general purpose compressed air systems only Operating Pressure Range Maximum 145 PSIG 1000 kPa Minimum See Chart Min PSIG Min PSIG 25 173 173 Vacuum Vacuum Vacuum Vacuum 25 35 35
79. is allowed to condense on a printed circuit board the board metallizations could electroplate across the conductor spacings when voltage is applied In low impedance circuits this conductive path would immediately burn open then reform to be burned open again This action can lead to erratic operation In high impedance circuits a short circuit may appear resulting in a permanent malfunction Specifications for equipment often include a relative humidity exposure limit but appropriate precautions should be taken to prevent condensation Failures due to moisture are often accelerated in the presence of corrosive gases or vapors These increase the conductivity of the moisture layer allowing electromigration to occur more rapidly and at lower potentials C 3 6 3 Shock and Vibration Solid state systems usually have good resistance to shock and vibration since they contain no moving parts However at relatively high levels of shock or vibration circuit boards may disengage from mating connectors if not restrained sufficiently Circuit boards can crack components can come out of sockets or component leads can break loose from a solder connection to the board Mounting position is usually of little significance to solid state devices except in instances where air flow is required 15 Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Section 4 Installation Guidelines 4 1 Installation
80. its own connector circuit board which self aligns and plugs into the circuit board of the mating manifold base The power is supplied at the left end of the stack as you are viewing the cylinder ports by means of a plug in harness or serial module The stack assembly is built from left to right viewing the cylinder ports Start with the Interconnect Wiring Module Kit and add manifold bases as required If the stack includes transitions from one valve size to another the left most size is the smallest and then progressing to successively larger sizes Follow the techniques described below for the easiest assembly Consult the torque chart for screw tightening specifications For Size 1 Valves See Figure 4 1 Lay Interconnect Wiring Plate Item 1 7 port side down when looking at Manifold Cylinder Ports and expose the wiring harness Locate Gasket Item 2 in place on the Interconnect Wiring Plate Item 1 2 Bring the first station Manifold Base to the Interconnect Wiring Plate and plug in the two black connectors from Internal Ground Location Green Screw LB ae External Ground Location Green Screw Remote Pilot Signal Connections Manifolds For remote pilot signal valves connect the pilot signal to the Remote Pilot Access Plate mounted directly under the valve body NOTE Signals into the remote pilot plate do not connect to the 12 or 14 galleries on the End Plates See Remote Pilot Access Plate i
81. local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines UU RPSSN8M23A RPSSNeM23A ROSS 24V de In see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Ul Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product LED Indicators Serial Bus 24 VDC Input Modules Series A RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A Po The sealed IP67 housing of these modules requires no enclosure Connector Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require an additional appropriate housing I O connectors are sealed M8 pico or M12 micro or M23 styles The mounting base ships with the module UUW RPSSN8M8A A N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE RPSSNeM8A ROSS PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED 24V de In ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY Female DAMAGE Ft ei This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its 8 subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system Female S12 TL options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It co y is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including
82. mounting hole Each Serial Bus base has two mounting holes with the one on the right being the means to ground each module Each module must be grounded www rosscontrols com 3 Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter Series A RPSSCCNA Set the Node Address To set the node address adjust the switches on the front of the module refer to the illustration on page 1 Use a small blade screwdriver to rotate the switches Line up the small notch on the switch with the number setting you wish to use The two switches are most significant digit MSD and least significant digit LSD The switches can be set from 01 through 99 The module reads the switches at power up only This example shows the Key node address set at 63 The rotary switches are read periodically If the switches have been changed since the last time they were read and they no longer match the on line address a minor fault will occur which is indicated by a flashing red Adapter Status LED EDS File Requirements The EDS file is available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Add ControlNet Adapter to RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration To add your RPSSCCNA to RSLogix 5000 I O configuration follow these steps e In RSLogix 5000 highlight the ControlNet Scanner right click and select New Module 5 1O Canfari BALTI 37 S6 CNRD CARE canner ea re n 3 1 4 17a Lire Gi Cony Cross Reference Choltek Freq aut eee If your RSLogic 5000 is V
83. no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that da
84. of exhaust flow from cylinder ports 2 and 4 Independent speed adjustment is not possible This could result in different exhaust speeds for cylinder ports 2 and 4 since line pressure is supplied to one cylinder port and a regulated pressure is supplied to the other The other adjusting screw is non functional Lubrication Factory Pre lubed If lubricating in service use paraffin based mineral oil with 150 to 200 SSU viscosity 100 F A N CAUTION Do not use oils that are synthetic reconstituted have an alcohol content or a detergent additive Application Limits These products are intended for use in general purpose compressed air systems only Operating Pressure Range Maximum 145 PSIG 1000kPa Ambient Temperature Range 15 C to 49 C 5 F to 120 F ANSI Symbol Valve Side 5 4 1 2 3 Base Side Installation See Figure 1 Size 00 Interposed Flow Control shown as example Not following instruction may result in Interposed Fow Control damage or inadequate thread engagement which may lead to personal injury property damage or economic loss e Remove pressure and electrical connections before installation e All threads on tie rods and screws must be free of rust water or other debris which could prevent finger thread engagement W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 Interposed Flow Controls Step 1 Install Tie Rods 1 Install two Tie Rods 6 to the base torque finger tight 2 Adjust
85. of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the base using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole Mounting Base Keyswitch Set to position 2 for the specialty modules Ground Lug Connection lt Latching Mechanism www rosscontrols com 3 Serial Bus I O RS 232 ASCII Module Series A RPSSS23A Install the RS 232 ASCII Module To Install the RS 232 ASCII Module Proceed as Follows 1 Using a bladed screwdriver rotate the keyswitch on the mounting base clockwise until the number 2 aligns with the notch in the base 2 Position the module vertically above the mounting base The module will bridge two bases Module Will Bridge Two Bases RPSSS23A ASCII Interface 3 Push the module down until it engages the latching mechanism You will hear a clicking sound when the module is properly engaged The locking mechanism will lock the module to the base Remove the RS 232 ASCII Module From the Mounting Base To Remove the Module from the Mountin
86. or phase sequence connection may cause erratic response by solid state controls with potential hazards to personnel Frequently such a system contains a detection circuit that illuminates an indicator when incorrect phase sequence is applied Phase sequence may be corrected by interchanging any two system input power leads It is advisable to check rotation of motors whenever input power leads are disconnected and reconnected in a system 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 3 4 Planning Electrical Noise Rejection The low energy levels of solid state controls may cause them to be vulnerable to electrical noise This should be considered in the planning stages 3 4 1 Assessing Electrical Environment Sources of noise are those pieces of equipment that have large fast changing voltages or currents when they are energized or de energized such as motor starters welding equipment SCR type adjustable speed devices and other inductive devices These devices as well as the more common control relays and their associated wiring all have the capability of inducing serious current and voltage transients on their respective power lines It is these transients which nearby solid state controls must withstand and for which noise immunity should be provided An examination of the proposed installation site of the solid state control should
87. present do not operate valves on the manifold bank repeat the assembly process until satisfactory Valve Series Size1__ Size2_ _Size3 25 to 35 2 8 to 3 9 115 to 130 12 9 to 14 7 120 to 140 13 6 to 15 8 Torque in Ib Nm Remote Pilot Access Plate The Remote Pilot Access Plate provides access to the 12 and 14 valve pilot galleys for a Size 1 Size 2 amp Size 3 manifold It is required for Single or Double Remote Pilot Valves on a manifold Hand tighten the tie rods into the base For all Instruction Sheets go to www rosscontrols com A10326 W66 Size 0 26mm amp W66 Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service A10327 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Interposed Flow Controls A10329 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 Interposed Regulators A10330 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 1 Subbbase amp Manifold Installation A10331 W65 Size 1 2 amp 3 ISO 5599 1 5599 2 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10331 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temp
88. pressure setting always reset from a pressure lower than the final setting required For e xample lowering the secondary pressure from 550 kPa 80 PSIG to 410 kPa 60 PSIG is best accomplished by dropping the secondary pressure to 345 kPa 50 PSIG then adjusting upward to 410 kPa 60 PSIG Service Instructions 1 Disconnect air supply and depressurize the unit 2 Loosen nut on adjusting screw Turn adjusting screw counterclockwise until all downstream air is exhausted 3 For Size 00 Regulator remove Regulator Cartridge from block and replace with a new unit For Size O Regulator remove Regulator from base and replace with a new unit per installation procedure 4 Reapply pressure to unit and check for audible leakage at joints or out bleed holes If any are present do not operate the valve Repeat assembly procedure until satisfied 5 Adjust outlet pressure per Outlet Pressure Adjustment procedure Valve Electrical Plug 0 Regulator Electrical Plug Figure 1 Size 00 Common Port Interposed Regulator Valve amp Base shown for reference only Component List The components listed below are for identification purposes only some of these components are available in various Interposed Regulator Kits some are not available due to special factory assembly Individual components are not sold separately since all kit components should be installed when serviced Cem _____Desoription OOO e Tihs
89. product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Mount the Adapter and I O Base To mount the adapter on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the adapter A mounting illustration for the adapter with I O bases is shown below
90. ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24VDC Expansion Power Supply Series A RPSSSE24A Mount the I O Base To mount the I O base on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the base IMPORTANT The I O module must be mounted on a grounded metal mounting plate or other conductive surface A mounting illustration for the base with an adapter is shown below
91. received and accepted an Identity Communication Faulted Request long protocol message Flashing Red Green Module Status Indicator Network Status Indicator 0 I O Status Indicators o Indication _ Probable Cause Transmit Receive Status Flashing Check wiring ground and Rx Transmit Receive connection User parameter object to view record numbers Flashing Receive Check wiring Watch the Tx light If it Off Transmit does not flash check to ensure that you are properly initiating transmission Use the EDS parameter object to try transmitting and watch the light If it flashes you are not properly initiating transmission via I O messaging If it does flash check the remote device Off Transmit Check connections as you may have Green Receive wired the device backwards 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus I O RS 232 ASCII Module Series A RPSSS23A Specifications Following are specifications for the RPSSS23A RS 232 ASCII module RS 232 ASCII Module RPSSS23A Inputs per Module 1 full duplex Input Voltage Signal with respect to Signal Ground SG 0 Asserted ON Space Active 3 to 25VDC 1 Disasserted OFF Mark Inactive 3 to 25VDC Indicators 1 green red module status indicator logic side 1 green red network status indicator logic side 2 green TXD RXD status indicators logic side Isolation Voltage 50V rms continuous voltage withstand rating Tested
92. section C 2 3 apply 13 Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 3 6 Avoiding Adverse Environmental Conditions 3 6 1 Temperature Solid state devices should only be operated within the temperature ranges specified by the manufacturer Because such devices generate heat care should be taken to see that the ambient temperature at the device does not exceed the temperature range specified by the manufacturer The main source of heat in a solid state system is the energy dissipated in the power devices Since the life of the equipment can be increased by reducing operating temperature it is important to observe the manufacturer s maximum minimum ambient temperature guidelines where ambient refers to the temperature of the air providing the cooling The solid state equipment must be allowed to stabilize to within the manufacturers recommended operating temperature range before energizing control functions When evaluating a system design other sources of heat in the enclosure which might raise the ambient temperature should not be overlooked For example power supplies transformers radiated heat sunlight furnaces incandescent lamps and so forth should be evaluated In instances where a system will have to exist in a very hot ambient environment special cooling methods may have to be employed Techniques that are employed include cooling fans with adequate filtering
93. solid state controls should be observed C 2 3 Off State Current Off state current is also referred to as leakage current in the literature A solid state contact is a solid block of material which is switched from ON to OFF by a change internally from a conductor to an insulator Since a perfect insulator does not exist there is always some leakage current present as long as voltage is applied to the device The presence of leakage current indicates that OFF does not mean OPEN The reader is warned that simply turning a solid state device OFF does not remove the possibility of a shock hazard Solid state and electromechanical devices used as inputs to solid state controls must be compatible with the solid state equipment with which they are used Solid state devices have inherent off state current as explained in the preceding paragraph Electromechanical devices may also permit a small amount of current to flow when the device is in the open position due to poor insulation characteristics which may be subject to further deterioration with age and use An example is a switching device that employs a carbon brush in contact with an insulating segment of the switch in the off state such that a conductive film may be deposited by the brush on the insulating segment Any input device that could produce an erroneous signal of sufficient magnitude to cause a malfunction of the solid state equipment such as unintended turn ON or
94. tie rod height to 28 5 28 0 mm 1 12 1 10 inch as figure shows 3 If finger tight height exceeds 28 5 mm 1 12 inch use mechanical tightening as necessary to get the proper height Note Base could be a manifold or a sub base A Max 28 5 mm 1 12 Inch Min 28 0 mm 1 10 Inch Valve Electrical Plug Figure 1 Size 00 Shown Step 2 Install Interposed Flow Control 1 Lay the Interposed Flow Control Gasket 2 on the Base Make sure the two rubber projections are face up and the orientation of the gasket is correct 2 Engage both Tie Rods 3 into mounting holes on Flow Control Body lower the Flow Control body 3 Carefully engage the Electrical Plug into the Base 4 Continue to lower the Flow Control Body by carefully engaging the two rubber projections on the gasket into the appropriate holes on the Flow Control Body 5 Press the Flow Control Body by hand firmly To confirm the gasket is indeed attached to the Flow Control Body lift the Flow Control Body by about one half inch Both rubber projections should remain in the holes 6 Lay the Flow Control Body back on the Base Step 3 Install Valve 1 Locate Valve Gasket 5 on bottom of Valve Body 2 Install valve onto Flow Control 3 Carefully engage the Valve Electrical Plug 4 Using hex wrench tighten two Screws 4 torque 1 5 to 1 7 Nm 13 to 15 in lb for Size 0 0 9 to 1 1 Nm 8 to 10 in Ib for Size 00 Step
95. to complying with various codes and standards proper equipment grounding achieves several desirable objectives 1 It reduces the potential difference between conductive surfaces to minimize electric shock hazard exposure for personnel 2 It provides a path for passage of fault current to operate protective devices in the supply circuit 3 It attenuates the electrical noise and transients which can reach enclosed equipment and also reduces the electrical noise which the equipment can contribute to its Surroundings 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 3 5 Countering the Effects of Off State Current 3 5 1 Off State Current Solid state components such as triacs transistors and thyristors inherently have in the off state a small current flow called off state current Off state current may also be contributed by devices used to protect these components such as RC snubbers 3 5 2 Off State Current Precautions Off state currents in a device in the off state may present a hazard of electrical shock and the device should be disconnected from the power source before working on the circuit or load Precautions should be taken to prevent the off state current of an output device which is in the off state from energizing an input device www rosscontrols com C 3 5 1 Off State Current See section 2 3 C 3 5 2 Off
96. to output energization or de energization 2 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10320 Installation amp Service Instructions A10325 Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None N WARNING Table of Contents To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal Foreword ooo ec ccccccecc ccc ececceceeceeceeeesaueueeuseeeeeeusaueueausuueeueesaueuvansaeeas 2 injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation NEMA Standard Text ii aS Tis i i ii wh ls nT A 2 servicing or conversion oo Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to Secon T DEMONS seassa 2 this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature Section 2 General cece ccccccecceeeeceeeeeeseeeeeseaeesseeeeeesaeeeees 3 and other conditions listed in these instructions 2 1 Ambient Temperature cccccccccsscsescsessessessessesseseeseenens 3 Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below i freezing 2 2 Electrical Noise Seacacearscncoumareasssecoscnaueacsso nnuearncarsnvenmrarnesseces 3 Service accordi
97. user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus I O RS 232 ASCII Module Series A RPSSS23A Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application o
98. version 2 3 2 or greater Understanding Messaging Class 3 Explicit Message requests through the adapter to a specific I O module may not always receive a response from the I O module In the case where the I O module does not reply to the request the adapter responds with an error code indicating a time out Establish I O Connections Mount the Adapter and I O Base To mount the adapter on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the adapter A mounting illustration for the adapter with I O bases is shown below When you power up a Serial Bus I O system and establish I O connections the outputs transition to the Idle state applying Idle state data before going to RUN mode This occurs even when the controller making the connection is already in RUN mode Configure Autobaud The adapter cannot reconfigure an I O module that you previously configured to operate at a fixed baud rate When you reuse a Serial Bus I O module from another Serial Bus I O system configure the module to autobaud before using it with the adapter Open Configuration Method For using Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapters without RSNetWorx or RSLogix 5000 refer to document User Guide Configuration of the isysNet Pneumatics Platform using Explicit Messaging which is available at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm
99. vortex coolers heat exchanges and air conditioned rooms Over temperature sensors are recommended for systems where special cooling is employed Use of air conditioning should include means for prevention of condensing moisture 14 C 3 6 1 Temperature Operation above the maximum rated temperature will usually result in many failures in a short time Nuisance type malfunctions can also be encountered as a result of elevated ambient temperature These malfunctions when they occur are usually temporary and normal operation resumes when temperatures are lowered Some solid state devices temporarily cease to function when ambient temperature is below their minimum rated operating temperature Operation in cold environments should be avoided or heaters should be installed in the equipment enclosures to bring the system up to the minimum specified operating temperature before applying power to the system Air circulating in a non ventilated enclosure with equipment operating will be at a higher temperature than the room in which it is installed A temperature differential of 10 to 20 degrees Celsius can be expected in a typical industrial installation Also see section 2 1 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 3 6 2 Contaminants Moisture corrosive gases and liquids and conductive dust can all have adverse effects on a sys
100. when serviced nem Description SSCS Valve Gasket O5 Mounting Screws 6 Protective Cap Install Item 6 Protective Cap in manifold over electrical plug if servicing manifold assembly with valve or remote pilot block removed and power is on Remove cap before re installing valve or remote pilot block For all Instruction Sheets go to www rosscontrols com A10326 W66 Size 0 26mm amp W66 Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service A10327 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Interposed Flow Controls A10329 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 Interposed Regulators A10330 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 1 Subbbase amp Manifold Installation A10331 W65 Size 1 2 amp 3 ISO 5599 1 5599 2 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Printed in U S A 0613 Copyright 2013 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10326 Installation amp Service Instructions A10321 Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Input Modules Series A RPSSNACM12A RPSSNAVM12A ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None RPSSNACM12A WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation Female servicing or conversion Connector Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to M12 A this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temp
101. 0VAC to the RPSSSE24A terminals Damage to the supply will result Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Serial Bus 24VDC Expansion Power Supply Series A RPSSSE24A The 24VDC expansion power supply unit RPSSSE24A passes 24VDC field power to the I O modules to the right of the power supply This unit extends the backplane bus power for up to 17 I O modules to the right of the supply and creates a new field voltage partition The expansion power supply also separates field power from I O modules to the left of the unit effectively providing functional and logical partitioning for e separating field power between input and output modules e separating field power to the analog and digital modules e grouping modules to perform a specific task or function You can use multiple expansion power units with the I O adapters to assemble a full system For instance if you are using the RPSSCDM12A or RPSSCDM18PA adapter you may use a RPSSSE24A expansion power unit to add additional modules in 5 to 17 module increments For example if you had a 36 module system with a I O adapter you would have two RPSSSE24A expansion power units to provide more PointBus current for modules to the right of the supply ATTENTION A You can only use the RPSSSE24A expansion power unit with the I O adapters N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR S
102. 12 A SYSV SI SGSN RPSSTAVM12A RPSSTAVM12A oss Analog Voltage Out Female Connector M12 B O Ue U O w DARAAN zZ LED Indicators O N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE Introduction Pa This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system product options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Output Modules Series A RPSSTACM12A RPSSTAVM12A The sealed IP67 housing of these modules requires no enclosure Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require specifications designs availability and pricing
103. 2 ASCII Module Series A RPSSS23A Operating Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Storage Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 to 95 non condensing Shock IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g Vibration IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 to 500Hz ESD Immunity IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kKHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz EFT B Immunity IEC 61000 4 4 2kV at 5kHz on communications ports Surge Transient Immunity IEC 61000 4 5 2kV line earth CM on shielded ports Conducted RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 6 10Vrms with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150kHz to 80MHz Emissions CSPR 11 Group 1 Class A Certifications when product is marked c UL us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada CE European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industri
104. 2 a connect consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the Female E M8 D product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of Connector A operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the M8 C 2 middai user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making p naicators the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all i ke M 3 Female 7 CNAN performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met cee Connector The products described herein including without limitation product features OAL M8 F specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by Saati OLU ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice n PONS Female EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION j Connector IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS M8 H CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus 24 VDC Input Modules Series A RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipme
105. 325 available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information th
106. 5 4 75 5 25 Input Overvoltage Protection Reverse polarity protected Isolation Voltage 50V rms continuous voltage withstand rating Tested to withstand 1250VAC rms for 60s Field Power Bus Nominal Voltage 24VDC Supply Voltage 10 28 8VDC range Supply Current 10A maximum Dimensions Inches Millimeters 4 41H x 2 83W x 2 56D 112H x 72W x 65D ROSS www rosscontrols com Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter Series A RPSSCENA General Specifications continued Operating Temperature Storage Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity ESD Immunity Radiated RF Immunity EFT B Immunity Surge Transient Immunity Conducted RF Immunity Enclosure Type Rating Mounting Base Screw Torque Wiring Category Weight Imperial Metric Certifications when product is marked IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 95 non condensing IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 500Hz IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kKHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz t
107. 5 Place Right Hand End Plate and tighten screws to torque specification RPS5612P Size 00 Manifold Hardware Kit 6 Check the manifold for straightness Loosen and tighten RPS5512P__ Size 0 Manifold Hardware Kit bolts if needed Size 00 Size 0 Manifold to Manifold 7 Add Valves and Accessories All Manifold Assemblies should RPSS6IAP Gasket Kit Standard be leak tested before operation S55 S E N Caution If the socket head cap screws do not engage RPS561BP RE Kit o Port i the last tie rod it is because the stack of uncompressed i i gaskets causes the manifolds and gaskets to be longer RPS561CP a fa eae a oe than the tie rod sets It will be necessary to lengthen the tie rod sets by backing away each tie rod from its RPsseipp Size 00 Size 0 Manifold to Manifold adjacent tie rod about one or two turns This stack length Gasket Kit Blocked 3 5 Ports 2 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Manifold Installation 16 Pin Terminal Block 25 Pin D Sub Connector Male Terminal Pin Pin Address Number Number Address Valve Solenoid 14 15 16 17 18 19 Push Orange Lever with Screwdriver Insert Wire into Hole Strip Length 10mm Use 18 22 AWG Wire oo0o0oo0oo0o0o000000000000 oo0o0o00000000000 0000 ooooo0oo00000 ooooo0oo00000 oooo000000 19 Pin Round Brad Harrison Pin Pin Number Address Number Address 11
108. 6C Chet Scanner Pagan D Hapi hek deta marine WE aie i JAC TNR TA H pri ter Ear ek Cp ey Ma Berga Het dgis aug HI PATR Bien Shak ba aaam Mji bes a PETIT Bipa Hek digital arie MIY md IF aT Biip Phak dee a Ph E Cut hr lee TL Dmi evoke current MZ ee Ba sipi anion vee A ery Topy ctrlec SST Mi ah atten rele Pt J PENI AiD Mie ee pour eet i Ma Pacts ee Frad Bid Fyi Delte Del pE O i Fa Cros Reference Ctr ae Ceo Heb e Enter a name and click OK For EtherNet IP highlight the RPSSCENA or 1738 AENT MB bere Module Shown right click and select New Module D Cormeen aiaia Clarak a Comision Cn oe Taik PG GAC Se Jyp alg i HT 1 0 Configuration eo Peter Herat ac q 1 0 1754 80 CHet Scanner Emmi iy diaji S a 0 1736 0CWR IA CHet _Adaphar prak red 2 I756 OND Ohat Scanner Terrin H 3 fees Sannar e Notice that the RPSSTACM12A is now under the I O 6 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Output Modules Series A RPSSTACM12A RPSSTAVM12A configuration If your RSLogjic 5000 is Version 13 X e Choose the equivalent Rockwell Automation module from the list of modules Select Medule ype oii ft TPS Ses 7H EH Z a E keka a oe ed PAHTA wina aed Predecied Dipi TEE TP OE a rreo Fore Quip Sconce re HHI E i a apy 7 el eee eae F LET ET Thi P BE HI E ae
109. 8 aE hi i i ES rT a E Pee LR ee UL e eis Pe ie ee it j Part 10 2 D beriak Foe Prr Culpa Sac i be fie bY Opiate A a oe a L T Ue EA Biri Wi 1738 ArmorPoint Modules e Enter a name optional slot number and communication format Make sure to choose Compatible Module for Electronic Keying setting Tom 1 Pig BY Se DT be oe iey P acu Tia fecha igre ils nie I shaper i a TEET z e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the input module is now under the I O configuration www rosscontrols com Troubleshoot With the Indicators RPSSN8M12A pssnemi2A ROSS 24V dc In Pa Oo ine Ue Module Status Indicator Network Status Indicator z m 4 mue U lt O Status Indicators Lue Ue ooo Indication Probable Cause _ _ Flashing Green Device needs commissioning due to missing incomplete or incorrect configuration Flashing Red Recoverable fault Unrecoverable fault may require device replacement Flashing Red Green Device is in self test Indication _ Probable Cause Network Status Off Device is not on line Device has not completed dup_MAC id test Device not powered check module status indicator Flashing Green Device is on line but has no connections in the established state Green Device is on line and has connections in the established state Flashing Red One or more I O conne
110. 890Mhz www rosscontrols com Serial Bus 24VDC Expansion Power Supply Series A RPSSSE24A General Specifications continued EFT B Immunity IEC 61000 4 4 4kV at 5kHz on power ports Surge Transient Immunity IEC 61000 4 5 1kV line line DM and 2kV line earth CM on power ports Conducted RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 6 10Vrms with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150kHz to 80MHz Emissions CSPR 11 Group 1 Class A Enclosure Type Rating Meets IP65 66 67 when marked Mounting Base Screw Torque 8 screw 7 5 in lbs in Aluminum 16 in lbs in Steel Weight Imperial Metric 0 637 Ib 0 289 kg Certifications when product is marked UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10317 Installation amp Service Instructions A10318 Serial Bus 24 VDC Input Modules Series A RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A ISSUED
111. 9 of Rockwell publication 1734 UM008 for similar setup procedure Step 6 Access Module Data via the RPSSCCNA or 1738 ACNR Adapter e Make sure the 32 outputs of RPSSV32A appear in Controller Tags Use the information in the ladder logic program to access module i Toni Hi Bn A oe ee oo eT i mraka r P oe ee ees fe ee LAE aging FPF oe a mE Wal dign T g rg Te gig E ma Die bie Bel i y Ee i iib u E l A k 0 D ee ii EE On O Tl ii i i E i E h J i im ao PE g T r PEE e Reference pages 4 19 through 4 22 of Rockwell publication 1734 UMOOB8 for similar information ROSS Setup the 32 Point Valve Driver in EtherNet IP Step 1 Load 32 Point Valve Driver EDS file to RSLinx e Download EDS file from www rosscontrols com rosslit htm e On your computer follow Start gt Rockwell Software gt RSLinx Tools gt EDS Hardware Installation Tool to load the EDS file to RSLinx Step 2 Set IP Address for EtherNet IP Scanner and Adapter e Set IP address using Rockwell BootP DHCP utility for EtherNet IP scanner and PSSCENA or 1738 AENT adapter Reference pages 3 7 through 3 10 of Rockwell publication 1734 UM011 follow www rockwell com Support Support Overview Online manuals and literature gt l O31734 POINT and 1734D POINT Block I O and find POINT I O Ethernet Adapter User Manual for similar information Step 3 Add EtherNet IP Scanner and Adapter to RSLogix 5000 I O configuration
112. A ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA The sealed IP67 housing of these adapters requires no enclosure Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require an additional appropriate housing PROFIBUS connectors are sealed M12 micro style The PROFIBUS adapter is shown below Shielding See page 3 for details RPSSCPBA RPSSCPBA Profibus DP M12 Connector Adapter O Status Profibus O Status Station Raes se Switches intB IA Salus Mini 7 8 eat a Auxiliary a Power Connector ROSS N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsibl
113. C 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz IEC 61000 4 4 4kV at 5kKHz on power ports 3kV at 5kHz on signal ports IEC 61000 4 5 1kV line line DM and 2kV line earth CM on power ports 2kV line earth CM on shielded ports IEC 61000 4 6 10Vrms with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150kKHz to 80MHz CSPR 11 Group 1 Class A Meets 1P65 66 67 when marked 8 screw 7 5 in lbs in Aluminum 16 in lbs in Steel 1 on power ports 1 on communications ports 0 80 Ib 0 36 kg c UL us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada CE European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions ControlNet Int l conformance tested to ControlNet specifications 1 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10315 Installation amp Service Instructions
114. ELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY z DAMAGE Introduction This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system product options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Input Modules product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of D i operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the Series A user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all RPSSNACM1 2A RPSSNAVM1 2A performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The sealed IP67 housing of these modules requires no enclosure The products described herein including without limitation product features Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by an additional appropriate housing I O connectors are sealed M12 MOSO CONTROLS and iis Subs iaeiies Arany AEO RONGE style The mounting ba
115. European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1 OFF to ON or ON to OFF delay is time from a valid output on or off signal to output energization or de energization 2 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10319 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing
116. Fluorescent Lamps Inside an Enclosure ee ar we rene Shielding Grid Shielded is Metal Encased a Line Filter or Over Lamp Cable Switch Shielded Power Line Avoiding Unintentional Momentary Turn On of Outputs Unintentional turn on of outputs as the power source is connected or disconnected even if momentary can result in injury to personnel as well as damage to equipment The danger is greater with fast response actuators You can help minimize the probability of unintentional momentary turn on of AC and DC circuits by following each of these guidelines according to your specific application e Follow the surge suppression guidelines in this publication Follow the bonding and grounding guidelines in this publication e Do not unnecessarily disconnect the power source from output circuits e Where possible turn off all outputs before using CRM contacts to interrupt the output circuit power source Hold off all outputs anytime the CRM contacts are open to be certain that they are off as power is reconnected Even if unintentional momentary turn on does occur the effects can be minimized if e Actuators have a home position i e defined by a spring return For latching actuators in the ladder logic use non retentive energize OTE instructions with hold in seal in paths to maintain the established position until power turn off and leave outputs off initially at power turn on Each input or other load device connec
117. Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines www rosscontrols com Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Set the Station Address To set the station address adjust the switches on the front of the module refer to the illustration on page 1 Use a small blade screwdriver to rotate the switches Line up the small notch on the switch with the number setting you wish to use The two switches are most significant digit MSD and least significant digit LSD The switches can be set from 01 through 99 The module reads the switches at power up only This example shows the pee ey node address set at 63 8 2 8 2 7 7 N eer wake 6 4 GSD File Requirements Current functionality of a PROFIBUS adapter requires a GSD file The file is easy to install and is available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm 4 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Wire the PROFIBUS Adapter Following are wiring instructions for the PROFIBUS Adapter RPSSCPBA Micro M12 B Coding Reverse Key Male In Connector Female Out Connector view into connector Pin 1 5VBUS 2 Pin 2 A Line Pin 3 GNDBUS 4 G Pin 4 B Line Pin 5 Not Used Note Please refer to page 3 Mount the Adapter and I O Base for shielding information RPSSCPBA Male Auxiliary Mini 7 8 Male In Connector view into connector O Pin 1 User
118. Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for t
119. LS All Rights Reserved Form A10313 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit ht
120. Mounting Base Screw Torque 8 screw 7 5 in lbs in Aluminum 16 in lbs in Steel Wiring Category 1 on power ports 1 on communications ports Weight Imperial Metric 0 80 Ib 0 36 kg Certifications when product is marked c UL us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada CE European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10314 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in t
121. NAVM12A 75 mA RPSSTACM12A 75 MA RPSSTAVM12A 75 MA RPSSS23A 75 MA RPSSV32A 75 MA DeviceNet Communication Rate 125K bit s 500m maximum 250K bit s 250m maximum 500K bit s 100m maximum DeviceNet Power Specifications Power Supply Note In order to comply with CE Low Voltage Directives LVD you must use either a NEC Class 2 a Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV or a Protected Extra Low Voltage PELV power supply to power this adapter A SELV supply cannot exceed 30V rms 42 4V peak or 6OVDC under normal conditions and under single fault conditions A PELV supply has the same rating and is connected to protected earth Input Voltage Rating 24VDC nominal DeviceNet Input Voltage Range 11 25VDC DeviceNet specification Input Overvoltage Protection Reverse polarity protected DeviceNet Power Requirements 24VDC 4 25VDC 30 mA maximum Power Supply Specifications Power Supply Note In order to comply with CE Low Voltage Directives LVD you must use either a NEC Class 2 a Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV or a Protected Extra Low Voltage PELV power supply to power this adapter A SELV supply cannot exceed 30V rms 42 4V peak or 6OVDC under normal conditions and under single fault conditions A PELV supply has the same rating and is connected to protected earth Input Voltage Rating 24VDC 10 28 8VDC range Interruption Output voltage will stay within specifications when input drops out for 10ms at 10V with maximum load General
122. NR right click and select New Module 1 0 Configuration Af 1 1 1756 cneyp crt Searnar B O 17JE ATMR IA Chat Adanbar 7 New Module 3 me al 4 cu EEr Be Copy che Deke Cel Cro Reference Chr e Pr capt bbe e Enter a name optional slot number and comm format Make sure to choose Compatible Module for Electronic Keying setting Hivlid Piniperiie lipa bae Dum ip TE F IA S500 bea a Yi r_I mi ET k ikaria z 17 FIEU TA Ni Lipp oer Te i Feite Sa ae Dpi Ghee i Cores fenil Dfa a is al For EtherNet IP highlight the 1738 AENT right click and select New Module 5 TNO Configuratio 0 0 1756 030 CMet_Scanner A amp 0 173 A0N8 A CNet_Adapter i 2 17560AB DNS Scanner 9 3 1756ENETjA ENet_Seasner T0 7 36 RENT IA Mat Adaptar J 411 Taw Modula b cu Orhi pP Telsta Dal Cross Reference Cbl e Proceatias e Choose the equivalent Rockwell Automatio 1738 232ASCM12 from the list of modules os kee re Jiki pj ae i fe ae Lie SL ee TAS OSI TEENIE MHA Ferki 2 Pont A AC ai 2 Pad AN la Peet 1D CT l Gr dj Poa 1 Bec aS ra Sark iP 1B 2 RC had Sab DO Pod 1 Pee eS bal Seri Ped 10 2 TT ied Sah A Pod 10ers eS be Sarid here Gries Cuer igi 2 Clare Wia Wola i Claret Se Oi Encode 2 Cearwal NID bapa PSE SO Pe ITEE NUTIA ITEHIA PO oi chm Waka lea F Die F ki F akg lga F
123. NT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type
124. OR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Raceway Layout Considerations The raceway layout of a system is reflective of where the different types of I O modules are placed in I O chassis Therefore you should determine I O module placement prior to any layout and routing of wires However when planning your I O module placement segregate the modules based upon the conductor categories published for each I O module so that you can follow these guidelines Also all conductors AC or DC in the same raceway must be insulated for the highest voltage applied to any one of the conductors in the raceway These guidelines coincide with the guidelines for the installation of electrical equipment to minimize electrical noise inputs to controllers from external sources in IEEE standard 518 1982 Categorize Conductors Segregate all wires and cables into the following three categories Table A Refer to the publication for each specific I O module or block for individual conductor category classification of each I O line Table A Follow these Guidelines for Grouping Conductors with Respect to Noise Into this Group conductor cables fitting this description category Control and AC Power high power conductors that Category 1 AC power lines for power supplies and I O circuits are more tolerant of elec
125. ROSS 80 VALVES amp SERIAL BUS INSTALLATION GUIDES Installation Service Instructions Important User Information Safety Guidelines Warning OSs Consider it DONE eS IOULNOI SSOH aS IOULNOI SSOu W W m G mj i a N WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For
126. SCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10
127. SPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components
128. Selo Module follow these steps e In RSLogix 5000 par a For ControlNet highlight the RPSSCCNA or 1738 ACNR i i Shown right click and select New Module eel 2 Pret fiak dakal dinkin FH Drpd Ded gka iir HEI Tf ComPiquration me eta wae er LA i hasiak Chet Scanmar BRENA Input araks olaga MII sf0 173 nal Baga Steak eps eee Mae hrpi Hei digital muting HeT Bengal iak dyis saari Ma Ept Mk dya eara MIZ a PET a GeCkudpak Phak digital coursing MI I Pare aipa Phak dept aem i J E Cut Cres PISTACHE pienia Ea Copy Ctrlec Pre Fareed ie FRATAN Wibbe PT ga a ai Dipi Mak el cect eek Del Frj Sud Farle L T Figi Cross Retarence CtrE C w J c jo o j e Enter a name and click OK For EtherNet IP highlight the RPSSCENA or 1738 AENT EE Hew bedule Shown right click and select New Module 4 eee orecio Padis nda Pakean tein a o pe MA HHI Hapi TO Configuration ee HS eas 1 i 1756 180 CNet_Scanner aie Flat hair a 8 0 1736 ACNR A CNet Adaptar DETT 2 1756 OND Cust Scanner mex F 2 1 7S6 ENBTIA EMet_Scanner 0 1735 A0NTIAENet Adacter J News Mock E Cut DrX Ha Copy Girit RL Pat Dejate Del e Notice that the RPSSTR4M12A is now under the I O configuration 6 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus Relay Output Module Series A RPSSTR4M12A If your RSLogjic 5000 is Version 13 X e Choose th
129. State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTA
130. State Current Precautions The off state current of a power switching device such as a solid state motor controller can be lethal Simply switching off power via a stop push button in a control circuit is nota sufficient precaution since off state current will continue to flow through solid state devices which remain connected to the supply Good practice requires disconnection of all power from equipment before working on or near exposed circuit parts See NFPA 70E Part Il It should not be assumed that a shock hazard does not exist simply because a solid state circuit operates at low voltage levels Standing on a wet floor or working in a damp location can lower a person s body impedance to the extent that offstate current from low voltage also presents an electrical shock hazard If it is necessary to work on energized equipment the guidelines detailed in section 5 2 for Preventive Maintenance should be followed In addition to the specific procedures for personnel safety care is needed when making measurements in energized systems First there is a possibility of damage to delicate instruments due to off state current Second the off state current can lead to false conclusions when using sensitive instruments to check for contact continuity When a device solid state or electromechanical that can produce a leakage current in the off state is used to provide the input to a solid state control the precautions explained in
131. Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10314 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete infor
132. Warning Labels Warning labels must not be removed painted over or otherwise obscured 1 8 Intake Exhaust Restriction Do not restrict the air flow in the supply line To do so could reduce the pressure of the supply air below the minimum requirements for the valve and thereby cause erratic action Do not restrict a poppet valve s exhaust port as this can adversely affect its operation Exhaust silencers must be resistant to clogging and have flow capacities at least as great as the exhaust capacities of the valves Contamination of the silencer can result in reduced flow and increased back pressure 1 9 Mechanical power presses and other potentially hazardous machinery using a pneumatically controlled clutch and brake mechanism must use a press control double valve with a monitoring device A double valve without a self contained monitoring device should be used only in conjunction with a control system which assures monitoring of the valve All double valve installations involving hazardous applications should incorporate a monitoring system which inhibits further operation of the valve and machine in the event of a failure within the valve mechanism 1 10 Additional Questions Call the appropriate ROSS CONTROLS technical service department if you have any questions or require any additional information See the ROSS CONTROLS publications for the product being considered or used or call your local distributor or ROSS CONTROLS Technical Service de
133. YSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus 24VDC Expansion Power Supply Series A RPSSSE24A Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid
134. ai 2 jim Epema Cater Al E Emek bet i aol ee J Phim Gai Cie H L f E e Pre e Enter a name an appropriate IP address and chassis size Make sure to choose Compatible Module for Electronic Keying setting 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter Series A RPSSCENA ME Andale Peeperties OMe Scansert 1738 AENTIA 1 11 TL Te TE Cee Adee Ted i Hea dkm ES ee e Choose Next to set RPI 3 O Pin 4 Rx e Choose Finish Notice that the 1738 AENT is now under the I O configuration arai Meade rie Poet Cogs Pot Dagens Wire the EtherNet IP Adapter Following are wiring instructions for the EtherNet IP Adapter RPSSCENA Network Connector D Coded M12 Female In Connector view into connector Pin 1 TX A Pin 2 RX Pin3 Tx RPSSCENA Auxiliary Power Mini 7 8 Male In Connector view into connector O 2 Pin 1 User Power Pin 2 Adapter Power 3 O Pin 3 Adapter Power Pin 4 User Power NOTE User power is the 24VDC power for field devices Adapter power is the 24VDC power for adapter It is converted to 5VDC to power Serial Bus modules ATTENTION A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements www rosscontrols com Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter Series A RPSSCENA Troubleshoot with the Indicators
135. al noise signals lack the energy content to produce that magnitude of mechanical force The operating mechanism for solid state devices is totally different The deliberate electric energy input is used to disturb the placement of the electrically charged particles within the molecular structure This molecular displacement changes the electrical characteristic from that of an insulator to that of a conductor or vice versa The required energy level is very low In addition a sustained signal is not required for components such as SCRs triacs and logic gates because these types are self latching Most random electrical noise signals are of the momentary low energy type Since it is difficult to separate deliberate signals from random noise the devices are thereby more susceptible This is cause for special concern regarding the electrical environment and possible need for noise rejection measures Also see sections 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 2 3 4 3 www rosscontrols com Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 2 3 Off State Current Solid state controls generally exhibit a small amount of current flow when in the off state condition Precautions must be exercised to ensure proper circuit performance and personnel safety The value of this current is available from the manufacturer 2 4 Polarity Incorrect polarity of applied voltages may damage solid state controls The correct polarity of
136. al Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10323 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage e Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should no
137. all requirements for local and national electrical codes 2 Remove end cover from base by backing out the two screws 3 Connect wires as shown in chart 4 An external ground connection must be attached to the green ground screw of every base in an assembly 5 Disregard unused wires or terminals 6 Reassemble cover to base by tightening screws from 0 8 to 1 0 Nm 7 to 9 in lbs Connections 14 Solenoid Black Wires Bases with Terminal Block 14 and Com Will accept 18 to 24 Gauge Wires Terminals Ground Terminal Block h applications only WOE 14 Terminal 12 Terminal Ground 3 4 or 5 Pin Com Terminal All Other Green Connector Applications Subbase Subbase Subbase With Auto C F G With Terminal Block With Wires Ground Terminal Block E Applications f f Only Black 14T inal Red py Lar xl i 12 Terminal Ground Com Terminal All Other Green 3 4 or 5 Pin Applications Connector Manifold Manifold Manifold With Auto C F G With Terminal Block With Wires Wiring Auto C F G Pin 1 Pin 1 Green Brown Pin 4 Pin 2 Black White Pin 2 X O pin 3 Blacky O White Pin3 Blue 3 Pin Mini 4 Pin M12 5 Pin Mini Enclosure 7 Enclosure 8 Enclosure 9 a 3 Pin Mini 4 Pin M12 Encl 7 Encl 8 G N A Size 1 2 amp 3 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Wiring Instructions for Manifold Interconnect Wirin
138. allation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Introduction Follow these instructions when
139. and Wiring Practice 4 1 1 Proper installation and field wiring practices are of prime importance to the application of solid state controls Proper wiring practice will minimize the influence of electrical noise which may cause malfunction of equipment User and installers should familiarize themselves with the follow installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes laws and standards The manufacturer of the device or component in question should be consulted whenever conditions arise that are not covered by the manufacturer s instructions 4 1 2 Electrical noise is a very important consideration in any installation of solid state control While wiring practices may vary from situation to situation the following are basic to minimizing electrical noise 1 Sufficient physical separation should be maintained between electrical noise sources and sensitive equipment to assure that the noise will not cause malfunctioning or unintended actuation of the control 2 Physical separation should be maintained between sensitive signal wires and electrical power and control conductors This separation can be accomplished by conduits wiring trays or as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer 3 Twisted pair wiring should be used in critical signal circuits and noise producing circuits to minimize magnetic interference 4 Shielded wire should be used to reduce the magnitude of the noise coupl
140. at 1250VAC rms for 60s External DC Power Supply Voltage 24VDC nominal Voltage Range 10 28 8VDC Supply Current 15 mA 24VDC Fault protected to 28 8VDC Serial Port Parameters Serial Character Framing 7N2 7E1 701 8N1 8N2 8E1 801 7E2 702 Serial Port Comm Speed 9600 1200 2400 4800 19 2k 38 4k Serial Port Receive from ASCII Device Maximum Number of Receive Characters 1 128 Receive Record Start Mode No exclude include start delimiter Receive Start Delimiter ASCII character Receive Record End Mode No exclude include start delimiter Receive End Delimiter ASCII character Send Produce on DeviceNet to Master Receive String Data Type Pad Mode Pad Character Array short_string string Pad mode disabled enabled ASCII character Receive Swap Mode Disabled 16 bit 24 bit 32 bit swap DeviceNet Handshake Mode Master slave handshake produce immediate 4 132 0 128 bytes 0 255 Produce Assembly Size Serial Data Receive Transaction ID Serial Port Transmit to ASCII Device Maximum Number of Transmit Characters 1 128 Transmit End Delimiter Mode No exclude include end delimiter ASCII Transmit End Delimiter Character Consume on DeviceNet from Master Consume String Data Type Array short_string string Transmit Swap Mode Disabled 16 bit 24 bit 32 bit swap Transmit handshake immediate 4 132 DeviceNet Record Header Mode Consume Assembly Size ROSS www rosscontrols com Serial Bus I O RS 23
141. at RPSST8M12A ROSS 24V de Out L Oo ine Ue Module Status Indicator y Network Status Indicator in a U ue ue Lue RASS lt O Status Indicators Indication ProbableCause_ _ _ Off Green Flashing Green Device needs commissioning due to missing incomplete or incorrect configuration Recoverable fault Unrecoverable fault may require device replacement Device is in self test Probable Cause Network Status Off Device is not on line Device has not completed dup_MAC id test Device not powered check module status indicator Flashing Green Device is on line but has no connections in the established state Green Device is on line and has connections in the established state Flashing Red One or more I O connections in timed out state Critical link failure failed communication device Device detected error that prevents it from communicating on the network Flashing Red Green Communication faulted device the device has detected a network access error and is in communication faulted state Device has received and accepted an Identity Communication Faulted Request long protocol message Indication Probable Cause O Status Output is inactive Output is active and under control Open circuit detection No load Off State onl Red ssid Short circuit detected On State onl Flashing Red Flashing Red Green Flashing Red www rosscontrols com Seria
142. at is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this
143. ating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 to 95 non condensing Shock IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Non operating 50g IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 to 500Hz 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz IEC 61000 4 4 3kV at 5kHz on signal ports Certifications c UL us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment when product is marked certified for US and Canada CE European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1 Input OFF to ON or ON to OFF delay is time from a valid input signal to recognition by the module 2 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10318 Installation amp Service Instructions A10319 Serial Bus 24 VDC Output Modules Se
144. ation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Some products have no visible groundable chassis and no ground lug or ground terminal but mount on a DIN rail The chassis of these products are grounded only through the DIN rail For these products connect an equipment grounding conductor directly from the mounting bolt on the DIN rail to an individual bolt on the ground bus Grounding Electrode Conductor Connect the ground bus to the grounding electrode system through a grounding electrode conductor The grounding electrode system is at earth ground potential and is the central ground for all electrical equipment and AC power within any facility Use 8 AWG copper wire minimum for the grounding electrode conductor to help guard against EMI The National Electrical Code specifies safety requirements for the grounding electrode conductor Shielded Cables Certain I O connections require shielded cables to help reduce the effects of electrical noise coupling Ground each shield at one end only A shield grounded at both ends forms a ground loop which can cause a processor to fault Ground each shield at the end specified in the appropriate publication for the product Never connect a shield to the common side of a logic circuit this would introduce noise into the logic circuit Connect each shield directly to a chassis ground For some communication network cables the shield connections are unique to the particular cabling system In some
145. cing or Replacing of any Worn or Damaged Parts To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause death personal injury and property damage e Follow all government state and local safety and servicing practices prior to service including but not limited to all OSHA Lockout Tagout procedures ANSI ASSE Z244 1 2003 and OSHA Standard 29 CFR Part 1910 147 Appendix A The Control of Hazardous Energy Lockout Tagout e Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion e Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to system and ROSS CONTROLS products before installation service or conversion e Installation servicing and or conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied e After installation servicing or conversions air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or if the product does not operate properly do not put product or system into use e Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered or painted over If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels 4 9 Putting Serviced System Back into Operation Follow the guidelines above and all relevant Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the valve or FRL to in
146. ct before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter User Manual The Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter User Manual PSS UM003A EN P is not available at this time Please refer to Rockwell Automation 1734 POINT I O ControlNet Adapter User Manual 1734 UMO08A EN P for similar setup information which is available online at http literat
147. ct literature for materials of construction 2 6 Polycarbonate Bowls and Sight Glasses All standard ROSS filters and lubricators with polycarbonate plastic bowls are designed for compressed air applications only Do not fail to use the metal bowl guard where provided to minimize danger from high pressure fragmentation in the event of bowl failure To avoid potential polycarbonate bowl failures e Do not locate polycarbonate bowls or sight glasses in areas where they could be subject to direct sunlight impact blow or temperatures outside of the rated range e Do not expose or clean polycarbonate bowls with detergents chlorinated hydro carbons keytones esters liquefied petroleum gas or certain alcohols e Do not use polycarbonate bowls or sight glasses in air systems where compressors are lubricated with fire resistant fluids such as phosphate ester and di ester lubricants 2 7 Chemical Compatibility For more information on plastic component chemical compatibility see ROSS Catalog 104G or later version This can be downloaded at www rosscontrols com or can be obtained from your local ROSS distributor 2 8 Product Rupture Product rupture can cause death serious personal injury and property damage e Do not connect pressure regulators or other ROSS CONTROLS products to bottled gas cylinders e Do not exceed the maximum primary pressure rating of any pressure regulator or any system component e Consult product labeling or product lit
148. ctions if provided otherwise the manufacturer should be consulted Care must be taken to avoid damaging any delicate components and to avoid displacing dust dirt or debris in a way that permits it to enter or settle into parts of the control equipment continued www rosscontrols com C 5 2 Preventive Maintenance Lithium batteries are frequently used for memory backup in solid state equipment due to their excellent shelf life and high energy to weight ratio Lithium is a highly reactive metal that can cause burns if there is contact with skin The batteries are sealed so there is seldom a problem of contact with lithium as long as reasonable care is exercised when handling them They should only be used in their intended application and not subjected to rough handling When batteries are replaced in equipment the batteries removed should be disposed of in accordance with supplier s instructions The Department of Transportation has certain regulations that prohibit shipment of equipment with batteries installed if the batteries contain 0 5 gram or greater of lithium The batteries must be removed from equipment and shipped separately in a container approved by the Department of Transportation Additional Department of Transportation restrictions apply to the shipment of lithium batteries NEMA Standards Publication No ICS 1 3 1986 Preventive Maintenance of Industrial Control and System Equipment is recommended for person
149. ctions in timed out state Critical link failure failed communication device Device detected error that prevents it from communicating on the network Flashing Red Green Communication faulted device the device has detected a network access error and is in communication faulted state Device has received and accepted an Identity Communication Faulted Request long protocol message Indication _ Probable Cause I O Status Input is in the off state Serial Bus 24 VDC Input Modules Series A RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A Specifications Following are specifications for the digital input modules Inputs per Module RPSSN8M 8 1 group of 8 nonisolated sinking RPSSP8M 8 1 group of 8 nonisolated sourcing Voltage On State Input Maximum 28 8VDC Minimum 10VDC Nominal 24VDC Current On State Input Maximum 5 mA Minimum 2mA Nominal 4mA 24VDC Maximum 4 7 KQ Nominal 3 6 KQ Field Power Bus Supply Voltage Range 10 to 28 8VDC Nominal 24VDC 2 4 or 8 yellow input status logic side 1 green red network status logic side 1 green red module status logic side Isolation Voltage 50V rms Dimensions Imperial Metric Operating Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Storage Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non oper
150. d be taken to protect personnel from hazards during start up 5 4 Safety Recommendations for Maintenance Personnel All maintenance work should be done by qualified personnel familiar with the construction operation and hazards involved with the equipment The appropriate work practices of NFPA 70E should be followed Printed in U S A 1007 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved C 5 3 Repair Follow manufacturer s instructions exactly when replacing power semiconductors mounted on heatsinks since improper installation may become the source of further difficulties Torque semiconductors or bolts retaining semiconductors to the value specified using a torque wrench Too much pressure against a heatsink can damage a semiconductor while too little can restrict the amount of heat transferred from the semiconductor to the heatsink and result in operation at higher temperature with decreased reliability Exercise care when removing modules from a system during maintenance Failed modules are frequently returned to the manufacturer for repair Any physical damage sustained during removal may result in more expensive repair or render the module unrepairable if damage is too great Modules with electrostatic sensitive components should be handled by the edges without touching components or printed circuit conductors Use packaging material supplied with the replacement module when shipping the module to the manufacturer
151. ded to the input circuits and power supplies through a second transformer Figure 9 Figure 9 Power Supplies and Input Circuits Receiving Power Through a Separate Transformer _ Disc L10 0 L1 Incoming Lo L2 o L30 0 L3 Hy 1 Step Down Transformer Isolation Constant Voltage Transformer X Xo To Power Supplies and Input Circuits To Output Circuits Notes 1 To minimize transient EMI generation when power is interrupted by the interrupt switch connect a suppressor across the primary of the transformer 11 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Isolation Transformer For applications near excessive electrical noise generators an isolation transformer for the second transformer provides further suppression of electromagnetic interference from other equipment The output actuators being controlled should draw power from the same AC source as the isolation transformer but not from the secondary of the isolation transformer Figure 9 Constant Voltage Transformer In applications where the AC power source is especially soft and subject to unusual variations a constant voltage transformer can stabilize the AC power source to the processor and minimize shutdowns The constant voltage transformer must be of the harmonic neutralizing type If the power supply receives its AC power through a constant voltage transformer the input s
152. detected a network access error and is in communication faulted state Device has received and accepted an Identity Communication Faulted Request long protocol message Indication Probable Cause System Power Off Not active Field power is off overloaded backplane or dc dc converter problem Green System power on dc dc converter active 5V System Power Indicator shows the 5V power output from the dc dc converter Green Flashing Red Flashing Red Green Adapter Power Indicator shows the 24V power input to the dc dc converter 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters Series A RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM18PA Specifications Following are specifications for the DeviceNet adapters DeviceNet Adapters RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM18PA Expansion I O Capacity DeviceNet adapter backplane current output 1 0A maximum See the list below for backplane current consumption for each I O catalog number and the current consumption for each of the modules connected to the DeviceNet adapter Verify that it is below 1 0A Backplane current can be extended beyond 1 0A with a RPSSSE24A Backplane Extension Power Supply The RPSSSE24A can supply up to an additional 1 3A of backplane current Multiple RPSSSE24A modules can be used to reach the maximum of 63 modules Cat No PointBus Current Requirements RPSSN8xxx 75 mA RPSSP8xxx 75 mA RPSST8xxx 75 mA RPSSTR4M12A 90 mA RPSSNACM12A 75 mA RPSS
153. dress 63 Remove the caps on the front of the module to access the switches refer to the illustrations on page 1 The two switches are e X10 most significant digit left side of module e X1 least significant digit right side of module This example shows the coy Reg node address set at 63 2 8 2 7 7 N 64 6 4 X10 l x To reset the node address use a small blade screwdriver to rotate the switches Line up the small notch on the switch with the number setting you wish to use and then cycle power The rotary switches are read periodically If the switches have been changed since the last time they were read and they no longer match the on line address a minor fault will occur which is indicated by a flashing red Adapter Status LED Settings of 64 through 99 cause the module to use the last valid node address stored internally Example The last setting internally was 40 If a change is made to 68 and then you power up the address will default to 40 The module is equipped with AutoBaud detect AutoBaud lets the module read the settings already in use on your DeviceNet network and automatically adjusts to follow those settings EDS File Requirements The EDS files are available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Open Configuration Method For using DeviceNet Adapters without RSNetWorx or RSLogix 5000 refer to document User Guide Configuration of the Pneumatics Platform using CIP Explicit M
154. e Chie Scar Ha iiy Pica fa Dana Ses F j Ti riia F teal Terme jt Eewrirara Banaras peee e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the 1738 ACNR is now under the I O configuration 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter Series A RPSSCCNA Wire the ControlNet Adapter Following are wiring instructions for the ControlNet Adapter TNC Cables e Connect TNC cables to Channel A or B for single media e Connect TNC cables to Channel A and B for redundant media RPSSCCNA Auxiliary Power Mini 7 8 Male In Connector view into connector 4 2 Pin 1 User Power Pin 2 Adapter Power 3 O Pin 3 Adapter Power Pin 4 User Power NOTE User power is the 24VDC power for field devices Adapter power is the 24VDC power for adapter It is converted to 5VDC to power Serial Bus modules ATTENTION A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements www rosscontrols com Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter Series A RPSSCCNA Troubleshoot with the Indicators Adapter Status Alternating Red Green Flashing Red Solid Red Flashing Green Solid Green Indication PointBus Status Alternating Red Green Flashing Red Flashing Green Green Probable Cause No power applied to device LED p
155. e Size 2 Bytes _ 14f13 12 11 10 j09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 Produces High Byte Channel 1 Status Low Byte Channel 0 Status Scanner Rx Not HItIclc Not HILICIC Used CICIM F Used C C MIF AIA AIA Where CF Channel Fault Status O no error 1 fault CM Calibration Mode 0 normal 1 calibration mode LCA Low Clamp Alarm 0 no error 1 fault HCA High Clamp Alarm 0 no error 1 fault RPSSTACM12A and RPSSTAVM12A Message Size 4 Bytes __ 15 14 13 12 11 10 o9 fos 07 06 05 04 03 0201 00 Consumes Output Channel 0 High Byte Output Channel 0 Low Byte scanner Tx Output Channel 1 High Byte Output Channel 1 Low Byte EDS File Requirements The EDS files are available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit Atm 2 an www rosscontrols com 5 Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Output Modules Series A RPSSTACM12A RPSSTAVM12A Add Analog Output Modules to RSLogix If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 15 X or greater e Choose the RPSSTACM12A module from the list of Parker 5000 I O Configuration ONEN To add your analog output modules to RSLogix 5000 I O configuration EE lect edule follow these steps e In RSLogix 5000 For ControlNet highlight the RPSSCCNA or 1738 ACNR Shown right click and select New Module i Egat itak datak andere Fii i hrpi Hei digital sind FEI BEH Dring Sek digka cirdireg Mil VO Cankiquration mabe MLE maks maari HE i oe E rake eee LZ f C0 1 175
156. e equivalent Rockwell Automation module 1738 OW4M12 A Tekr Modi Type yH PET ba ak Tam Coie Te F Pod 13 AD ia EEEN 2 Poari TOR a OC Beier ah Fue hp Soe iTS0REFPHiLe t Pa 108 CC Ebar Fumed Fpatected a Soutce SEH 1 i Pod TORE SS OE Ekaini Fie Chet Sate EO DAD d Part 1042 DE Ckeciorecay Fume Outpace 1 TSS 14 Pan JOI OC Eleberriak Fume Dapa Souece SEH ESE ES E Peed TORY CC Ekaia ahy Freed hai Gace EDET F Chr a Cire Oh eal Ea a a r d Lhmral Ansk Toing Tse ek d P n PORE CE Eee tree Fura hi E d PaT Aen Cine 4 Pmi AGUC Maisy Chel Lae Sere eee ee bee Chara SO bahay Hay ed Cee peT Ll F Die F Specialy Dn j Comin F Hin E Coiais cH Creal Han af irang Danial e Enter a name optional slot number and comm format Make sure to choose Compatible Module for Electronic Keying setting Module Prepir Cia Adaa 1 38 RETER DEA hori Fik Fies e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the output module is now under the I O configuration Troubleshoot With the Indicators RPSSTR4M12A RPSSTR4M12A ROSS Form A mi Isolated Relay Out Module Status Indicator Network Status Indicator lt O Status Indicators Indication Probable Cause Module Status No power applied to device Device operating normally Device needs commissioning due to missing incomplete or incorrect configuration Recoverable fault Unrecoverable fault may require d
157. e for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included
158. e included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A En
159. e module off of the base 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Input Modules Series A RPSSNACM12A RPSSNAVM12A Wire the Analog Input Modules Following are wiring instructions for the analog input modules RPSSNACM12A and RPSSNAVM12A view into connector 2 Pin 1 24VDC Pin 2 Input O M12 A A Input 1 M12 B Pin 3 Common 4 Pin 4 Common Pin 5 No Connect ATTENTION IMPORTANT A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements Analog modules have earth grounded metal rings This should be considered when choosing shielded cables and grounding techniques Communicate With Your Module I O messages are sent to consumed and received from produced the I O modules These messages are mapped into the processors memory These I O analog input modules produce 6 bytes of input data scanner Rx and fault status data They do not consume O data scanner Tx Default Data Map for the Analog Input Modules RPSSNACM12A and RPSSNAVM12A Message Size 6 Bytes __ 15 1413 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 Produces Input Channel O High Byte Input Channel O Low Byte Cee Input Channel 1 High Byte Input Channel 1 Low Byte Status Byte for Channel 1 Status Byte for Channel 0 UJH JLIH ILIC IC UJH JL JH L C C R AJAIMIF RJH LJA JA M F AJA HIL AIA Con
160. e number 1 aligns with the notch in the base 2 Position the module vertically above the mounting base The module will bridge two bases Module Will Bridge Two Bases W RpssnsMi2A ROSS a ic CO CO ae i oe Ca CO Ue o gt po oo on on N Sa aaa D ii UU Ue 3 Push the module down until it engages the latching mechanism You will hear a clicking sound when the module is properly engaged The locking mechanism will lock the module to the base Remove the Digital Input Module From the Mounting Base To Remove the Module from the Mounting Base 1 Put a flat blade screwdriver into the slot of the orange latching mechanism 2 Push the screwdriver toward the I O module to disengage the latch The module will lift up off the base 3 Pull the module off of the base 4 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Input Modules Series A RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A Wire the Input Modules Following are wiring instructions for the digital input modules RPSSN8M8A RPSSP8M8A 3 O Q view into connector Pin 1 24VDC Pin 3 Common Pin 4 Input O M8 A Input 1 M8 B Input 2 M8 C Input 3 M8 D Input 4 M8 E Input 5 M8 F Input 6 M8 G Input 7 M8 H Sink Input modules RPSSN8 require PNP type input device Source Input module
161. e to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus I O RS 232 ASCII Module Series A RPSSS23A Mount the I O Base To mount the I O base on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the base IMPORTANT The I O module must be mounted on a grounded metal mounting plate or other conductive surface A mounting illustration for the base with an adapter is shown below 1 9 2 0 0 87 20 a 3 13 5 98 F 47 2 50 22 T 50 79 4 i 151 9 Adapter Ay o 6 o 0 DA a i DED EED 2 39 o l l l l o 5 y A 60 7 Zo O a i O EHH 3 Pai ol I9 A Is A O PE j z A db ao 4 32 i fi r k Inches Yi Neu mm 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number
162. e to the base Remove the Analog Output Module From the Mounting Base To Remove the Module from the Mounting Base 1 Put a flat blade screwdriver into the slot of the orange latching mechanism 2 Push the screwdriver toward the I O module to disengage the latch The module will lift up off the base 3 Pull the module off of the base 4 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Output Modules Series A RPSSTACM12A RPSSTAVM12A Wire the Analog Output Modules Following are wiring instructions for the analog output modules RPSSTACM12A and RPSSTAVM12A view into connector Pin 1 Output O M12 A Output 1 M12 B G Pin 2 24VDC Pin 3 Common 4 Pin 4 Common Pin 5 No Connect ATTENTION IMPORTANT A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements Analog modules have earth grounded metal rings This should be considered when choosing shielded cables and grounding techniques Communicate With Your Module I O messages are sent to consumed and received from produced the I O modules These messages are mapped into the processors memory These I O analog output modules produce 2 bytes of input data scanner Rx fault status They consume 4 bytes of output data scanner Tx Default Data Map for the Analog Output Modules RPSSTACM12A and RPSSTAVM12A Messag
163. eal with the particular hazard s through use of special features such as automatic transfer of control functions to redundant devices in the event of failure of primary controls alarm circuits and diagnostics to signal and identify failures that require repair in order to maintain redundancy emergency power sources with automatic transfer upon loss of primary power source or other appropriate features C 3 1 4 Overcurrent Protection Even a closely matched short circuit protective device SCPD will generally protect a solid state device only against shorted loads an accidental short to ground or a phase to phase short Depending upon the application additional protective measures may be needed to protect the solid state devices against small to moderate overcurrents Consult with the manufacturer if necessary C 3 1 5 Overvoltage Protection See section 2 7 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 3 2 Circuit Isolation Requirements 3 2 1 Separating Voltages Solid state logic uses low level voltage e g less than 32 volts DC circuits In contrast the inputs and outputs are often high level e g 120 volts AC voltages Proper design of the interface protects against an unwanted interaction between the low level and high level circuits such an interaction can result in a failure of the low voltage circuitry This is potential
164. ections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements www rosscontrols com Serial Bus 24 VDC Input Modules Series A RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A Communicate With Your Module I O messages are sent to consumed and received from produced the I O modules These messages are mapped into the processor s memory These I O input modules produce 1 byte of input data Scanner Rx status They do not consume I O data scanner Tx Default Data Map for the Input Modules RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A Message Size 1 Byte tz tet s aisateatitot Produces Ichz7 che ch5 ch4 ch3 ch2 ch1 cho Channel Scanner Rx Status Where 0 OFF 1 ON EDS File Requirements The EDS files are available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Add 24 VDC Input Modules to RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration To add your input modules to RSLogix 5000 I O configuration follow these steps e In RSLogix 5000 For ControlNet highlight the RPSSCCNA or 1738 ACNR Shown right click and select New Module J 10 Configurabon SE 1 1 1766 CHND Chet_Searrer_ Jao 4 cu Cire Er Cage rH Detebe pa Croa Ra Ean Cree Properti For EtherNet IP highlight the RPSSCENA or 1738 AENT Shown right click and select New Module l0 Confiquration oft 1 i75 CNet cannar Aj BO UPSBRAONR A Chest Adapta S 2 1756 0NB Dhat
165. ed into the low level circuit by electrostatic or magnetic coupling 5 Provisions of the 1984 National Electrical Code with respect to grounding should be followed Additional grounding precautions may be required to minimize electrical noise These precautions generally deal with ground loop currents arising from multiple ground paths The manufacturers recommendations should be followed available from National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park Quincy MA 02269 16 C 4 1 2 A great deal of effort goes into the design of solid state equipment to achieve a reasonable degree of noise immunity Filters shielding and circuit design are all used It is however impossible to design equipment which is impervious to every form of noise found in the industrial setting When installing a system using solid state technology it is wise to assume that electrical noise exists and install the equipment in accordance with the recommended guidelines to minimize problems Also see section 3 4 1 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 4 2 Enclosures Cooling and Ventilating Suitable enclosures and control of the maximum operating temperature both of which are environmental variables may be needed to prevent malfunctions of solid state control The manufacturers recommendations should be followed for the selection of e
166. ed pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Installation amp Service Instructions A10317 Serial Bus 24VDC Expansion Power Supply Series A RPSSSE24A ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None RPSSSE24A 24VDC Expansion Power Supply RPSSSE24A ROSS 24V dc Power Supply Wire Marker System Power Field Power LED Indicators Mini 7 8 Power Connector ATTENTION A Do not connect 120 24
167. een Field Power Status Indicator 1 Green 5V System Power Indicator Module Location Between I O modules in system Breaks field power bus PointBus Output Current 1A at 10 19 2V input 1 3A at 19 2 28 8V input Input Overvoltage Protection Reverse polarity protected 10ms at 10V with maximum load Isolation Voltage 50V rms continuous voltage withstand rating Tested at 1250VAC rms for 60s Field Power Bus Supply Voltage 12VDC 24VDC nominal Voltage Range 10 28 8VDC range Supply Current 10A maximum Dimensions Inches Millimeters 1 25H x 2 63W x 4 25D 31 75H x 66 80W x 107 95D Operating Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Storage Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 95 non condensing Shock IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g Vibration IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 500Hz ESD Immunity IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kKHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1
168. een solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A
169. elay energization by module RE j Off State Leakage Current Max at 240VAC 1 2 mA and bleed resistor through snubber circuit Output Delay Time ON to OFF Maximum 26 ms time from valid output off signal to relay deenergization by module Switching Frequency Maximum 1 operation 3s 0 3 Hz at rated load Power Rating steady state 60W max for 28 8VDC resistive output 60VA max for 28 8VDC inductive output initial Contact Resistance 0 Operate Release Time Maximum 1 2 ms mean Minimum Contact Load 100A at 100 mVDC Expected Life of Electrical Contacts Minimum 100 000 operations rated loads Module outputs are not fused If fusing is desired you must supply external fusing Keyswitch Position LED Indicators 4 yellow output status logic side 1 green red network status logic side 1 green red module status logic side PointBus Current Maximum 90 mA 5VDC Power Dissipation Maximum 0 5W 28 8VDC Thermal Dissipation Maximum 1 7 BTU hr 28 8VDC Isolation Voltage Between any 2 sets of contacts Tested to withstand 2550VDC for 60s Customer load to logic Tested to withstand 2550VDC for 60s Field Power Bus Supply Voltage None required Voltage Range Maximum 5 28 8VDC Supply Current 2A per channel maximum 8A per module Dimensions Inches Metric 1 25H x 2 63W x 4 25D 31 75H x 66 80W x 107 95D Operating Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Tes
170. ensors connected to the I O chassis should also receive their AC power from the same constant voltage transformer If the inputs receive their AC power through another transformer the AC source voltage could go low enough that erroneous input data enters memory while the constant voltage transformer prevents the power supply from shutting down the processor The output actuators being controlled should draw power form the same AC sources as the constant voltage transformer but not from the secondary of the constant voltage transformer 9 Ground Connection When AC power is supplied as a separately derived system through an isolation step down transformer you can connect it as a grounded AC system or an ungrounded AC system For a grounded AC system connect one side of the transformer secondary to the ground bus as in Figure 7 For an ungrounded AC system connect one side of each test switch for the ground fault detector lights to the ground bus as in Figure 8 We do not recommend an ungrounded system Follow local codes in determining whether to use a grounded system When bringing AC power into the enclosure do not ground its raceway to the ground bus on the back panel Connecting the raceway to the ground bus may cause the processor to fault by introducing EMI into the grounding circuit Local codes may provide an exception for permitting isolation from the raceway For example article 250 75 of the National Electrical Code has an e
171. eprinted verbatim with NEMA s permission in the left column captioned NEMA Standard Text The right column captioned Explanatory Information contains additional comments The comments provide supplementary information to the NEMA Standard to help the reader better understand the characteristics of industrial equipment employing solid state technology NEMA Standards Publication ICS 1 1 1984 R1988 R1993 R1998 R2003 is available from the National Electrical Manufacturers Association 1300 North 17th Street Suite 1752 Rosslyn VA 22209 It may be purchased or a copy downloaded at no charge at www nema org stds ics1 1 cfm NEMA Standard Text SCOPE This Standards Publication is intended to provide general guidelines for the application installation and maintenance of solid state control in the form of individual devices or packaged assemblies incorporating solid state components The emphasis of the guidelines is personnel safety Applicable NEMA standards and product related instructions should be carefully followed Section 1 Definitions Electrical Noise Unwanted electrical energy that has the possibility of producing undesirable effects in the control its circuits and system Electrical noise includes Electromagnetic Interference EMI and Radio Frequency Interference RFI Electrical Noise Immunity The extent to which the control is protected from a stated electrical noise Electromagnetic Inte
172. equipment manufacturer Testing equipment should be grounded if it is not special www rosscontrols com C 4 2 Enclosures Cooling and Ventilating NEMA Standards Publication No 250 1985 Rev 2 May 1988 classifies enclosures by type number and specifies their design test requirements Also see section 2 1 and 3 6 7 C 4 3 Special Handling of Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Many problems due to electrostatic discharge ESD occur due to handling of modules during installation or maintenance In addition to specific guidelines provided by an equipment supplier the following general guidelines can help reduce damage due to ESD 1 Use a grounding bracelet if possible to minimize charge build up on personnel 2 Handle a module by the edges without touching components or printed circuit paths 3 Store modules with ESD sensitive components in the conductive packaging used for shipping the modules Also use conductive packaging when returning static sensitive modules for repair C 4 5 Testing Precautions Make do test devices such as incandescent lamps or neon lamps should not be used for checking voltages in solid state systems Incandescent lamps have low impedance the low impedance of these devices can effectively change a voltage level from a logic 1 condition to a logic 0 condition when attempting to make a measurement Unexpected machine motion can result if an output to a controlled device is energ
173. equipment is thus avoided These modes can also be used to verify proper system operation after a repair Many programmable systems provide capability for force on and force off of inputs and outputs Use of these functions can reduce troubleshooting and maintenance time by enabling personnel to bypass certain operations without physically operating switches on a machine Care must be taken when using force functions to avoid exposing personnel to hazardous machine motions or process operations For controllers operating a machine tool or robot running a part program at a fraction of the programmed operating speed with a workpiece of soft material is considered good practice This allows an operator to observe possible interference of tooling with the part and make corrections to the program A workpiece of soft material such as wood plastic or machinable wax will minimize risk of tool damage if there is a tool crash with the workpiece 18 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Section 5 Preventive Maintenance and Repair Guidelines 5 1 General A well planned and executed maintenance program is essential to the satisfactory operation of solid state electrical equipment The kind and frequency of the maintenance operation will vary with the kind and complexity of the equipment as well as with the nature of
174. er not applied Green Field power 24V applied 6 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Specifications Following are specifications for the RPSSCPBA PROFIBUS adapter PROFIBUS Adapter RPSSCPBA Expansion I O Capacity e PROFIBUS adapter backplane current output 1 0A maximum See the list below for backplane current consumption for each I O catalog number and the current consumption for each of the modules connected to the PROFIBUS adapter Verify that it is below 1 0A e Backplane current can be extended beyond 1 0A with a RPSSSE24A Backplane Extension Power Supply The RPSSSE24A can supply up to an additional 1 3A of backplane current e Multiple RPSSSE24A modules can be used to reach the maximum of 63 modules Cat No PointBus Current Requirements RPSSN8xxx 75 mA RPSSP8xxx 75 mA RPSST8xxx 75 mA RPSSTR4M12A 90 mA RPSSNACM12A 75 mA RPSSNAVM12A 75 mA RPSSTACM12A 75 mA RPSSTAVM12A 75 mA RPSSS23A 75 mA RPSSV32A 75 mA Note In order to comply with CE Low Voltage Directives LVD you must use either a NEC Class 2 a Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV or a Protected Extra Low Voltage PELV Power Supply Specifications Power Supply power supply to power this adapter A SELV supply cannot exceed 30V rms 42 4V peak or 6OVDC under normal conditions and under single fault conditions A PELV supply has the same rating and is connected to protected earth 10 28 8VDC
175. erature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines RPSSNACM12A ROSS Analog Current In Female Connector M12 B oO Ue U O w SVOSSVS5as Zz m LED a Indicators RPSSNAVM12A RPSSNAVM12A ROSS Analog Voltage In Female Connector M12 A Female Connector M12 B see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm fa Ue U O w WSSSS USS Zz 4 LED Indicators amp N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER S
176. erature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter User Manual The Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter User Manual is not available at this time Please refer to Rockwell Automation 1734 POINT I O PROFIBUS Adapter User Manual 1734 UMO05B EN P for similar setup information which is available online at http literature rockwellautomation com Installation amp Service Instructions A10314 Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPB
177. erature for pressure rating limitations 2 9 ROSS expressly disclaims all warranties and responsibility for any unsatisfactory performance or injuries caused by the use of the wrong type wrong size or inadequately maintained silencer installed with a ROSS product 3 PRODUCT ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 1 Component Inspection Prior to assembly or installation a careful examination of the valves and FRLs must be performed All components must be checked for correct style size and catalog number DO NOT use any component that displays any signs of nonconformance 3 2 Installation Instructions ROSS CONTROLS published installation instructions must be followed for installation of ROSS CONTROLS valves and FRLs These instructions are provided with every ROSS CONTROLS valve and FRL sold or by going to www rosscontrols com rosslit htm All applicable instructions should be read and complied with before using any fluid power system in order to prevent harm to persons or equipment In addition overhauled or serviced valves must be functionally tested prior to installation or use 3 3 Air Supply The air supply or control medium supplied to valves and FRLs must be moisture free if ambient temperature can drop below freezing 4 VALVE AND FRL MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS 4 1 Maintenance Even with proper selection and installation valve and FRL service life may be significantly reduced without a continuing maintenance pro
178. eratures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitiv
179. ersion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance sa
180. ersion 15 X or greater e Choose the RPSSCCNA module from the list of Parker modules E alari Mediuke a Wore fd 1 fen Peedi Faker hirii Corp ise Bae ee Se Py Enders eE e Enter a name an appropriate address and chassis size Pire Ba Gu be PH Pe Corel iria Firari Meche Pat Her n Lop CHE TOHTA blame PasccMs png ona F rind om Tae ea et Faron 1 p Beire Raving Coreen i Fe Dien Pal cheat Fapa e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the RPSSCCNA is now under the I O configuration If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 13 X e Choose the 1738 ACNR A from the list of modules Seer Mode 1 apes 1 Sat FORCE Grali TG POSE eee FPL Conme wa 1H 1ST ORE Dreni TEA FORCE Deen ilr Sloper aa ALH et TERS Doge CAC Dive Lage ee LT Gg OC Dove vin THC Lee mi Conk aber Dorms Contd Hodia MOHE Fleet TSI HHL Flee vee TH HL SDM Topka SD Pia Smari Mind Dorini wa 17AN JEH Conkofet dds Hadian biha 1B Ck Pet dimi Prirja Faka 175 Cond oPet Hdpe TH Cesrdrclbet Beacons 17986 Cion Baka A A i TT Diwa cobb ake Fakri Mig Iha Vda 2 F Dte F Sosis F irma Cee F Comer W Brion E Conic Eacal e Enter a name an appropriate node address and chassis size Make sure to choose Compatible Module for Electronic Keying setting E iiu Progerihen Fi Seared i TIN ace 1 1 eel Draai Mackie late Chase Sie lr TA 1 Conte i er Ul ards Wair Aer c
181. ersion Type Conversion Rate RPSSTACM12A 16us RPSSTAVM12A 20us General Specifications Calibration Factory calibrated 1 green red module status indicator logic side 1 green red network status indicator logic side 2 green red output status indicators logic side Keyswitch Position Power Dissipation Maximum at 28 8VDC RPSSTACM12A 750Q load on each output 1 23W OQ load on each output 1 83W RPSSTAVM12A 1 0W Thermal Dissipation Maximum at 28 8VDC RPSSTACM12A 750Q load on each output 4 19 BTU hr 0Q load on each output 6 24 BTU hr RPSSTAVM12A 3 4 BTU hr Isolation Voltage 50V rms continuous voltage withstand rating Tested at 1250VAC rms for 60s External DC Power Supply Voltage 24VDC nominal Voltage Range 10 28 8VDC Supply Current RPSSTACM12A 70 mA 24VDC including outputs 20 mA RPSSTAVM12A 35 mA 24VDC including outputs 3 mA Dimensions Imperial Metric 1 25H x 2 63W x 4 25D 31 75H x 66 80W x 107 95D Operating Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 to 95 non condensing IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non opera
182. es and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death
183. essaging which is available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm 4 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters Series A RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM18PA Wire the DeviceNet Adapters Following are wiring instructions for the DeviceNet Adapters RPSSCDM12A Micro M12 A Coding Key Male In Connector Female Out Connector view into connector 3 xi 1 Drain O 000 ae OOO Q Pin 4 CAN_High Pin 5 CAN_Low RPSSCDM18PA Mini 7 8 Male In Connector Female Out Connector view into connector Pin 1 Drain O Pin 2 V Pin 3 V L Pin 4 CAN_High O O Pin 5 CAN_Low DeviceNet Auxiliary Power Mini 7 8 Male In Connector view into connector Pin 1 User Power Pin 2 Adapter Power Pin 3 Adapter Power O Pin 4 User Power NOTE User power is the 24VDC power for field devices Adapter power is the 24VDC power for adapter It is converted to 5VDC to power modules ATTENTION A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements www rosscontrols com 5 Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters Series A RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM18PA Troubleshoot with the Indicators RPSSCDM18PA RPSSCDM18PA ad Adapter Status Indicator ere DeviceNet Status Q Seius Indicator DeviceNet l gles PointBus Status Status
184. essary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the adapter using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection in the I O base The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole Grounding and Shielding Grounding Each Serial Bus base has two mounting holes with the one on the right being the means to ground each module Each module must be grounded Shielding For PROFIBUS adapter both PROFIBUS IN and PROFIBUS OUT metal shells are connected to the top screw hole metal ring Shielded PROFIBUS cordsets are required to help reduce the effects of electrical noise coupling One example of such a cordset is Brad Harrison s 360 Shielded Head cordset which can be found at www connector com For more Grounding and Shielding information please refer to A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines www rosscontrols com Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Set the Station Address To set the station address adjust the switches on the front of the module refer to the illustration on page 1 Use a small blade screwdriver to rotate the switches Line up the small notch on the switch with the number setting you wish to use The two switches are most significant digit MSD and least significant digit LSD The switches can be set from 01 through 99 The module reads the switches at power up only This example shows the pee ey node address set at 63 8
185. established state Flashing Red One or more I O connections in timed out state Critical link failure failed communication device Device detected error that prevents it from communicating on the network Communication faulted device the device has detected a network access error and is in communication faulted state Device has received and accepted an Identity Communication Faulted Request long protocol message 1 0 Status Flashing Green Flashing Red Green Module in CAL mode Solid Green Normal channel scanning inputs Flashing Green Channel being calibrated Solid Red No power or major channel fault Flashing Red Channel at end of range over or under www rosscontrols com Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Input Modules Series A RPSSNACM12A RPSSNAVM12A Specifications Following are specifications for the RPSSNACM12A and RPSSNAVM12A analog input modules Analog Input Modules Inputs per Module 2 single ended nonisolated Input Voltage RPSSNAVM12A only 0 10V user configurable 0 0V under 0 5V over Input Current RPSSNACM12A only 4 20 mA 0 20 mA RPSSNAVM12A 100kQ RPSSNACM12A 16 bits over 0 21 mA 0 32uA cnt RPSSNAVM12A 15 bits plus sign 320uV cnt in unipolar or bipolar mode Absolute Accuracy 0 1 Full Scale 25 C Accuracy Drift w Temp RPSSNACM12A 30ppm C RPSSNAVM12A 5ppm C Input Update Rate per module 100 ms Notch 60 Hz default 120 ms Notch 50 Hz 24 ms No
186. etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels RPSST8M8A Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines a RPSSTaM8A ROSS see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form 24V dc Out Female A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at E Connector www rosscontrols com rosslit htm i ia M8 B Female C J Connector he O Female Introduction M8 A r Connector Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the Female ay 3 NET M8 D Connector product Ma C H 3 ys Lace i Female 4 Indicators Serial Bus 24 VDC Output Modules Series A connecter ANO OL E gt RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A ce Depp Senne emale 5 The sealed IP67 housing of these modules requires no enclosure Connector Ih E O Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require M8 G FONE Foes an additional appropriate housing I O connectors are sealed M8 M8 H pico or M12 micro or M23 styles The mounting base ships with the module The RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A and RPSST8M8A modules are shown below N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide
187. eumatic Fluid Power General Rules Relating to Systems See www iso org for ordering information 1 4 Distribution Provide a copy of this safety guide to each person that is responsible for selection installation or use of Valves or FRL products Do not select or use ROSS CONTROLS valves or FRLs without thoroughly reading and understanding this safety guide as well as the specific ROSS CONTROLS publications for the products considered or selected 1 5 User Responsibility Due to the wide variety of operating conditions and applications for valves and FRLs ROSS CONTROLS and its distributors do not represent or warrant that any particular valve or FRL is suitable for any specific end use system This safety guide does not analyze all technical parameters that must be considered in selecting a product The user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for e Making the final selection of the appropriate valve FRL or accessory e Assuring that all user s performance endurance maintenance safety and warning requirements are met and that the application presents no health or safety hazards e Complying with all existing warning labels and or providing all appropriate health and safety warnings on the equipment on which the valves or FRLs are used and e Assuring compliance with all applicable government and industry standards 1 6 Safety Devices Safety devices must not be removed defeated or designed around 1 7
188. evice replacement Flashing Red Green Device is in self test Probable Cause Network Status Off Device is not on line Device has not completed dup_MAC id test Device not powered check module status indicator Flashing Green Device is on line but has no connections in the established state Green Device is on line and has connections in the established state Flashing Red One or more I O connections in timed out state Critical link failure failed communication device Device detected error that prevents it from communicating on the network Communication faulted device the device has detected a network access error and is in communication faulted state Device has received and accepted an Identity Communication Faulted Request long protocol message Indication __ Probable Cause O Status Output is inactive Output is active and under control Flashing Red Green www rosscontrols com Serial Bus Relay Output Module Series A RPSSTR4M12A Specifications Following are specifications for the RPSSTR4M12A relay output module Relay Output Modules Outputs per Module 4 Form A isolated normally open electromechanical relays Output Voltage Range load dependent 5 28 8VDC 2 0A resistive Output Current Rating at rated power Resistive 2A 5 28 8VDC Inductive 2 0A steady state 5 28 8VDC L R 7 ms Output Signal Delay OFF to ON Maximum 10 ms time from valid output on signal to r
189. exceed the amperage limit of 1 0A for the RPSSCENA e Backplane current can be extended beyond 1 0A with a RPSSSE24A Backplane Extension Power Supply Add multiple RPSSSE24A modules to reach the 63 module maximum Cat No PointBus Current Requirements RPSSN8xxx 75 mA RPSSP8xxx 75 mA RPSST8xxx 75 mA RPSSTR4M12A 90 mA RPSSNACM12A 75 mA RPSSNAVM12A 75 mA RPSSTACM12A 75 mA RPSSTAVM12A 75 mA RPSSS23A 75 mA RPSSV32A 75 mA EtherNet IP Communication Rate 10 100Mbits s half or full duplex Power Supply Specifications Note In order to comply with CE Low Voltage Directives LVD you must use either a NEC Class 2 a Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV or a Protected Extra Low Voltage PELV Power Supply power supply to power this adapter A SELV supply cannot exceed 30V rms 42 4V peak or 6OVDC under normal conditions and under single fault conditions A PELV supply has the same rating and is connected to protected earth Input Voltage Rating 24VDC nominal 10 28 8VDC range Inrush Current 6A maximum for 10ms Field Side Power Requirements Maximum 24VDC 20 28 8VDC 400 mA Interruption Output voltage will stay within specifications when input drops out for 10ms at 10V with maximum load General Specifications LED Indicators 1 green red Adapter status 1 green Network activity 1 green red Network status 1 green red PointBus status 1 green System Power PoinrBus 5V power 1 green Adapter Power 24V from field supply 1A 5VDC
190. f this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temp
191. facturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be Installation amp Service Instructions A10322 Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Output Modules Series A RPSSTACM12A RPSSTAVM12A ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None RPSSTACM12A RPSSTACM12A ROSS Analog Current Out p Female Connector M12 B Female Connector M12 A oO Ue U O w Z LED Indicators performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form Female A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at Connector www rosscontrols com rosslit htm M
192. fety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Installation amp Operating Instructions An interposed regulator is used to provide regulated pressure to individual valves in a manifolded valve arrangement Two basic modes of regulation are available as follows Single Interposed Regulation Provides adjustable regulated air pressure to the valve inlet Dual Interposed Regulation Provides 2 separately adjustable regulated air pressures one to each of the valves exhaust passages Installation amp Service Instructions A10329 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 Interposed Regulators ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None The valves exhaust coming out of its inlet passage is directed to manifold or subbase exhaust port 5 N CAUTION The reverse valve porting utilized with Dual Interposed Regulation will reverse the function of 4 Way 3 Position cylinder to exhaust and 4 Way 3 Position inlet to cylinder valves Utilize the opposite
193. for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter Series A RPSSCCNA Before You Begin To effectively use your adapter note the following considerations Understanding Messaging Class 3 Explicit Message requests through the adapter to a specific I O module may not always receive a response from the I O module In the case where the I O module does not reply to the request the adapter responds with an error code indicating a time out Establish I O Connections When you power up a Serial Bus I O system and establish I O connections the outputs transition to the Idle state applying Idle state data before going to RUN mode This occurs even when the controller making the connection is already in RUN mode Mount the Adapter and I O Base To mount the adapter on a wall or panel use the screw
194. for repair When the scope of repairs exceeds the manufacturer s recommendations for field repair the module s should be returned to the manufacturer for repair Doing so will help to ensure that only properly selected components are used and that all necessary hardware and firmware revisions are incorporated into the repair Failure to make necessary updates may result in safety compatibility or performance problems which may not become apparent for some time after the repaired module has been placed back in service When firmware is protected by copyright law updates can be provided legally only by the manufacturer or licensee Also see section 4 3 Form A10325 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conv
195. function valve for normal operation The interposed regulator should be installed with reasonable accessibility for service whenever possible Repair service kits are available Keep pipe or tubing lengths to a minimum with inside clean and free of dirt and chips Pipe joint compound should be used sparingly and applied only to the male pipe never into the female port Do not use PTFE tape to seal pipe joints Pieces have a tendency to break off and lodge inside the unit possibly causing malfunction Air applied to the interposed regulator must be filtered to realize maximum component life Lubrication Factory pre lubed If lubricating in service use paraffin based mineral oil with 150 to 200 SSU viscosity 100 F AN CAUTION Do not use oils that are synthetic reconstituted have an alcohol content or a detergent additive Application Limits These products are intended for use in general purpose compressed air systems only Operating Pressure Range Maximum 145 PSIG 1000 kPa Ambient Temperature Range 15 C to 49 C 5 F to 120 F ANSI Symbol Common Port Regulator with 4 Way 2 Position Valve 4 2 Independent Dual Port Regulator with 4 Way 3 Position Closed Center 4 2 w Aen Independent Dual Port Regulator with 4 Way 3 Position Inlet to Cylinder Function 4 2 Independent Single Port Regulator with 4 Way 3 Position Closed Center 4 2 Z CAUTION Requires 4 Way 3 Position Cylinder to Exhaust Valve
196. g Z CAUTION An interruption of 10 milliseconds or greater to the power supplied to the solenoid of a solenoid operated valve may cause the valve to shift Provision must be made to prevent power interruption of this duration to avoid unintended potentially hazardous consequences For connection simplicity the Interconnect Wiring System has a single common lead with an amperage limit of 3 amps continuous service The following chart indicates the upper limit of solenoids that can be energized simultaneously Code D Sub Round a2 13 83 8 a2 24 6 8 24VDC 20 6 8 120VAC 23 24 6 8 Not CSA certified for 25 Pin D Sub option Voltage 12VDC 24VAC The Interconnect Wiring System has great flexibility to meet user wiring needs Each manifold base must be ordered with either a single or double address function The single address circuit board works with single solenoid valves only The double address circuit board works with both single and double solenoid valves The end cover of each manifold base is labeled either Single Address or Double Address Power signals are connected at the 25 Pin D Sub Collective Wiring Module Plate Figure 1 19 Pin Round Collective Wiring Module Plate Figure 2 or 12 Pin Round Collective Wiring Module Plate Figure 3 A single address base uses one signal a double address base uses two signals the first to the 14 solenoid the second to the 12 so
197. g or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Installation amp Service Instructions A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Purpose This publication gives you general guidelines for installing an industrial automation system that may include programmable controllers industrial computers operator interface terminals display devices and communication networks While these guidelines apply to the majority of installations certain electrically harsh environments may require additional precautions Use these guidelines as a tool for helping avoid potential electromagnetic interference EMI and transient EMI that could cause problems such as adapter faults rack faults communication faults etc These guidelines are not intended to supersede local electrica
198. g Base 1 Put a flat blade screwdriver into the slot of the orange latching mechanism 2 Push the screwdriver toward the I O module to disengage the latch The module will lift up off the base 3 Pull the module off of the base Wire the RS 232 ASCII Module Following are wiring instructions for the RS 232 ASCII module RPSSS23A Q2 view into connector Pin 1 No Connect Pin 2 TX Pin 3 Rx Pin 4 Common Pin 5 No Connect IMPORTANT The RPSSS23A module has earth grounded metal rings This should be considered when choosing shielded cables and grounding techniques ATTENTION A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements Communicate With Your Module The RS 232 ASCII module operates as the PointBus front end to your serial device Data can be exchanged with the master through a polled cyclic or change of state connection The module produces and consumes 4 to 132 bytes of data EDS File Requirements The EDS file is available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus I O RS 232 ASCII Module Series A RPSSS23A Add RS 232 ASCII Module to RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration To add your RS 232 ASCII module to RSLogix 5000 I O configuration follow these steps e In RSLogix 5000 For ControlNet highlight the 1738 AC
199. ghout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you A N e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that dangerous A voltage may be present GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipme
200. gram The severity of the application risk potential from a component failure and experience with any known failures in the application or in similar applications should determine the frequency of inspections and the servicing or replacement of ROSS CONTROLS products so that products are replaced before any failure occurs A maintenance program must be established and followed by the user and at minimum must include instructions 4 2 through 4 9 4 2 Installation and Service Instructions Before attempting to service or replace any worn or damaged parts consult the appropriate service bulletin or installation instruction sheet for the for the valve or FRL in question for the appropriate practices to service the unit in question These Service and Installation Instructions are provided with every ROSS CONTROLS valve and FRL sold or are available by calling 1 800 GET ROSS or by accessing the ROSS CONTROLS web site at www rosscontrols com 4 3 Lockout Tagout Procedures Be sure to follow all required lockout and tagout procedures when servicing equipment For more information see ANSI ASSE Z244 1 2003 and OSHA Standard 29 CFR Part 1910 147 Appendix A The Control of Hazardous Energy Lockout Tagout 4 4 Visual Inspection Any of the following conditions requires immediate system shut down and replacement of worn or damaged components e Air leakage Look and listen to see if there are any signs of visual damage to any of the componen
201. gure 4 shows enclosure wall ground connection details Use a steel enclosure to guard against EMI If the enclosure door has a viewing window it should be a laminated screen or a conductive optical substrate to block EMI Do not rely on the hinge for electrical contact between the door and the enclosure install a bonding wire 6 Figure 4 Details of Ground Connection at Enclosure Wall Enclosure Wall Scrape oS Scrape paint on enclosure wall and use a star washer Nut Equipment Star Grounding Washer Conductor Connect an equipment grounding conductor directly from each chassis to an individual bolt on the ground bus Fora chassis with no ground stud use a mounting bolt Figure 5 For those chassis with a ground stud use the ground stud for this connection Figure 6 Figure 5 Details of Ground Connection at Mounting Bracket of Chassis with No Ground Stud a Panel Mounting Bracket Welded Stud Scrape Paint Flat Washer If the mounting bracket is coated with a non conductive material anodized painted etc scrape the material around the mounting hole Washer For a power supply without a groundable power supply chassis Such as a power supply module or mini processor with an integral power supply or a power supply with a chassis that is not internally connected to its GND terminal use a 14 AWG copper wire to connect its GND terminal to the ground stud or mounting bo
202. he guidelines in Table B are illustrated in Figure 1 2 an www rosscontrols com Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Figure 1 Mounting Assembly Details Category 1 Category 2 Conductors Conductors AC Power Lines Conduit Tighter spacing allowed with conduit N N N a Enclosure Wall Transformer Use greater spacing without conduit Tighter spacing allowed where forced by spacing of connection points Category 2 Conductors i I O Block 3 C8 Place modules to comply with spacing guidelines if possible Mounting Bonding and Grounding After establishing all layouts you can begin mounting bonding and grounding each chassis Bonding is the connecting together of metal parts of chassis assemblies frames shields and enclosures to reduce the effects of EMI and ground noise Grounding is the connection to the grounding electrode system to place equipment at earth ground potential 4 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Mounting and Bonding the Chassis You can mount the chassis with either bolts or welded studs Figure 2 shows details for e Stud mounting a ground bus or chassis to the back panel of the enclosure e Stud mounting a back panel to the enclosure e Bolt mounting a ground bus or chassis to the back panel of the enclosure If the mounti
203. he system is functioning properly C 3 2 1 Separating Voltages For specifications of Class 2 circuitry refer to Article 725 of the National Electrical Code NFPA 70 C 3 2 2 Isolation Techniques In addition to utilizing the various components discussed in the left column specific wiring techniques should be applied to assure separation of power circuit wires from logic circuit wires If at all possible logic wires should be run in a conduit that is segregated for that purpose only Multiple conductors in a shielded cable is an appropriate substitute for separate conduits Another common practice is to run the logic signals through twisted pairs of wire Regardless of the circumstances wires carrying logic signals should never be wrapped in the same bundle with wires that carry power signals C 3 3 1 Converting Ladder Diagrams The example cited in this section of the NEMA Standard illustrates only one of a number of reasons for special care in converting an electromechanical relay ladder diagram to a programmable controller PC program Some other basic considerations are e A PC program is an instruction to the PC s central processing unit to enable it to perform the logic functions and sequences for a particular application Typically the PC s logic level components are electrically isolated from the actual input sensor and actuator devices as contrasted with electromechanical controls which usually include contacts and coi
204. hese instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Installation amp Service Instructions A10320 Serial Bus Relay Output Module Series A RPSSTR4M12A ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Serial Bus Relay Output Module Series A RPSSTR4M12A The sealed IP67 housing of the module requires no enclosure Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require an additional appropriate housing I O connectors are sealed M12 micro style The mounting base ships with the module The RPSSTR4M12A module is shown below
205. hese products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE N WARNING Air exhausting from one valve into the exhaust gallery of the manifold assembly may momentarily pressurize other valve circuits open to the same gallery Design the circuit such that there is no hazard or consequence of damage from this action Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Application Limits These products are intended for use in general purpose compressed air systems only Compliance with the rated pressure temperature and voltage is necessary see Installation amp Service Instructions packed with valve Installation amp Service Instructions A10331 Size 1 2 amp 3 ISO 5599 1 5599 2 Subbase amp Manifold Installation ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Wiring Instructions for Individual Base Wiring 1 Follow
206. holes provided in the adapter A mounting illustration for the adapter with I O bases is shown below Configure Autobaud The adapter cannot reconfigure an I O module that you previously configured to operate at a fixed baud rate When you reuse a Serial Bus I O module from another Serial Bus I O system configure the module to autobaud before using it with the adapter 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 i a72 T 60 M22 50 79 4 151 9 I O Module I O Module Adapter Ground Ground z N eS De 0 0 q g ii 39 E 4 02 2 39 102 O O E Z 60 7 O O gt 2 O I l I l z e o i l l i g DoS E i o S l i G 4 32 n al 109 8 z E Inches yi A A mm l 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Grounding Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the adapter using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection in the I O base The ground lug connection is also a
207. ication may vary depending upon whether the conditions call for hot starts or cold starts Hot start means that the solid state component is at or near the normal operating temperature due to previous operation history when the overcurrent condition occurs Cold start means that the solid state component is at or below 40 degrees Celsius when the overcurrent condition occurs www rosscontrols com Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 2 7 Transient Overvoltage Solid state controls may be affected by transient overvoltages which are in excess of those specified by the manufacturer Voltage limiting means should be considered and may be required Section 3 Application Guidelines 3 1 General Application Precautions 3 1 1 Circuit Considerations The consequences of some malfunctions such as those caused by shorted output devices alteration loss of memory or failure of isolation within components or logic devices require that the user be concerned with the safety of personnel and the protection of the electronics It is recommended that circuits which the user considers to be critical to personnel safety such as end of travel circuits and emergency stop circuits should directly control their appropriate functions through an electromechanical device independent of the solid state logic Such circuits should initiate the stop function through deenergization rather tha
208. identify equipment that could contaminate power lines All power lines that will be tapped by the proposed solid state control should be examined for the presence severity and frequency of noise occurrences If found system plans should provide for the control of such noise 3 4 2 Selecting Devices to Provide Noise Immunity Installation planning is not complete without examination of the noise immunity characteristics of the system devices under consideration Results of tests to determine relative immunity to electrical noise may be requested from the manufacturer Two such standardized tests are the ANSI C37 90a 1974 Surge Withstand Capability Test and the NEMA ICS 1 1983 noise test referred to as The Showering Arc Test These are applied where direct connection of solid state control to other electromechanical control circuits is intended Circuits involving analog regulating systems or high speed logic are generally more sensitive to electrical noise therefore isolation and separation of these circuits is more critical Further information on electrical noise and evaluation of the severity of noise may be found in ANSI IEEE Publication No 518 1982 Where severe power line transients are anticipated or noted appropriate filters such as commercially available line filter isolation transformers or voltage limiting varistors should be considered All inductive components associated with the system should be examined for the
209. if erratic or hazardous operation results due to loss of one power supply in a system with multiple supplies Automatic power supply sequencing should be employed in systems that require the application or removal of power in a specific sequence If the STOP or E STOP sequence normally employs dynamic braking alternative safeguards such as automatic mechanical braking upon loss of power should be provided if coasting stops are hazardous lf hazardous operation can result from unexpected restoration of power during a power outage or a system shutdown the system should include a feature which requires a deliberate operator action before power is reapplied to the system Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 3 1 3 Redundancy and Monitoring When solid state devices are being used to control operations which the user determines to be critical it is strongly recommended that redundancy and some form of checking be included in the system Monitoring circuits should check that actual machine or process operation is identical to controller commands and in the event of failure in the machine process or the monitoring system the monitoring circuits should initiate a safe shutdown sequence 3 1 4 Overcurrent Protection To protect triacs and transistors from shorted loads a closely matched short circuit protective device SCPD is often incorporated These SCPDs should be replaced only
210. inability to turn OFF should not be used with solid state controls Also see section 3 5 2 C 2 4 Polarity In some instances incorrect polarity can cause damage to controlled equipment or unintended actuation of outputs This could result in personal injury due to an unexpected response of the controlled equipment or process Also see section 3 3 2 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 2 5 Rate of Rise Voltage or Current DV DT or DI DT Solid state controls can be affected by rapid changes of voltage or current if the rate of rise DV DT and or DI DT is greater than the maximum permissible value specified by the manufacturer 2 6 Surge Current Current of a value greater than that specified by the manufacturer can affect the solid state control Current limiting means may be required C 2 5 Rate of Rise Voltage or Current DV DT or DI DT The DV DT rating specifies the maximum rate at which voltage may be applied to the power terminals of a solid state device Voltage applied at a rate exceeding the DV DT rating can switch the device ON without an input signal being applied Electrical noise with high frequency content is one source of rapidly changing voltage Another common source of high DV DT is an inductive load that is switched off faster than the stored energy can be dissipated This fast switching produces
211. interposing relay needs a supressor because it is an inductive load switched by hard contacts Contact Output Module Pilot Light With Built In Step Down Transformer N pag Figure 11 shows typical suppression circuitry for different types of loads resah reoh Example 1 An AC output module controls a motor starter whose contacts control the motor l LA The motor needs supressors because it is an inductive load switched by hard contacts Example 2 L2 An AC output module controls an interposing relay but the circuit can be opened by hard contacts The relay contacts control a solenoid The solenoid needs a supressor because it is an inductive load switched by hard contacts Example 3 A contact output module controls an inductive load The pilot light needs a supressor because it is an inductive load switched by hard contacts Figure 11 Typical Suppression Applications 230 460VAC Electrocube 1676 13 a For 3 Phase Apparatus a Suppressor is Needed Across Each Phase 3 Phase Motor 120 240VAC Cat No 599 K04 or 599 KA04 or ITW Paktron 104MO6QC100 For Large Apparatus Contacts up to Size 5 www rosscontrols com 120VAC Cat No 700 N24 For Small Apparatus Relays Solenoids and Motor Starters up to Size 1 VDC 700 Nx _ For DC Relays 13 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines
212. ion from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Foreword This ROSS CONTROLS publication is formatted to harmonize with NEMA Standards Publication No ICS 1 1 1984 R1988 R1993 R1998 R2003 Industrial Control and Systems Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls The text of the NEMA Standard has been r
213. ivated Alternating Red Green Alternating Red Off Self test mode Bad invalid node configuration such as dup_MAC_ID Both Steady Red Failed link interface Probable Cause ControlNet A B Status Viewed Individuall Steady Off Channel disabled or channel not supported Flashing Red Green Invalid link configuration Flashing Red Off Severe link error link fault or no MAC frames received Temporary channel error or listen only Normal operation MAC frames are being received without detected error Flashing Green Off Steady Green Probable Cause System Power Off Not active Field power is off overloaded backplane or dc dc converter problem Green Power on dc dc converter active 5V Probable Cause Adapter Power System Power Indicator shows the 5V power output from the dc dc converter Not active Field power is off Power on 24V present Adapter Power Indicator shows the 24V power input to the dc dc converter 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter Series A RPSSCCNA Specifications Following are specifications for the RPSSCCNA ControlNet adapter ControlNet Adapter RPSSCCNA Expansion I O Capacity Maximum of 63 modules Maximum of 5 Rack Optimized connections for digital modules only Maximum of 25 Direct connections RPSSCCNA backplane current output 1 0A maximum See the list below for backplane current consumption for each I O catalog
214. ized as a result Neon lamps do not respond to voltages typically used in logic circuits e g 32 volts DC or less Use of a neon lamp tester could lead to false conclusions about the voltage level present in a circuit High input impedance meters are required to obtain accurate voltage measurements in high impedance circuits Unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer a meter with an input impedance of ten megohms or greater is recommended for making voltage measurements The meter must also have sufficient sensitivity to measure logic level voltages some meters do not respond to low voltages 17 Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 4 6 Startup Procedures Checks and tests prior to startup and startup procedures recommended by the manufacturer should be followed C 4 6 Startup Procedures Startup procedures can provide important benefits for safety with new installation or after modifications or repairs A dry run under controlled conditions can verify proper installation and functioning of the control system before it is turned over to operating personnel Many programmable solid state systems have the capability for simulating operation in a mode known as test mode or dry run mode These modes allow a user to check a program and correct obvious programming errors with outputs disabled Unexpected machine motion and possible damage to workpieces and
215. l Bus 24 VDC Output Modules Series A RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A Specifications Following are specifications for the digital output modules 0 7VDC sinking module Voltage On State Output Maximum 28 8VDC Minimum 10VDC Nominal 24VDC 2 4 or 8 yellow red output status logic side 1 green red network status logic side 1 green red module status logic side continuous voltage withstand rating Tested at 1250VAC rms for 60s and mounting base Millimeters 120H x 72W x 42D IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Operating Temperature Storage Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 to 95 non condensing Shock IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g 5g 10 to 500Hz ESD Immunity IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz Radiated RF Immunity Weight Imperial Metric Certifications UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment when product is marked certified for US and Canada
216. l Rights Reserved Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 3 1 2 Power Up Power Down Considerations Consideration should be given to system design so that unsafe operation does not occur under these conditions since solid state outputs may operate erratically for a short period of time after applying or removing power www rosscontrols com C 3 1 2 Power Up Power Down Considerations Response of a system during power up power down can create hazards not encountered during normal operation Erratic operation of solid state outputs due to the changing voltage of DC power supplies during start up is one example To avoid unpredictable outputs many power supplies incorporate a power turn on time delay circuit This allows power supply output voltage to reach its specified value before being applied to solid state logic and output circuits If this protection is not part of the DC supplies for a system a timing circuit external to the power supply can be added to delay the application of power to output devices Removing all power or losing all power from a system simultaneously usually does not result in a hazard since the power for machine operation is also being removed However when power other than electrical power is being controlled a power interlock circuit may be required to protect against unexpected machine motion Power interlocks with automatic shutdown should be included
217. l codes This publication is organized into the following sections e Raceway Layout Considerations Mounting Bonding and Grounding Power Distribution e Surge Suppression Ferrite Beads e Enclosure Lighting Avoiding Unintentional Momentary Turn On of Outputs e Related Publications N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE F
218. l system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 32 Point Valve Driver Series A RPSSV32A Mount the I O Base To mount the I O base on a
219. lanking Plate Kit RDX01BLK 26mm Blanking Plate Kit RDX02M2MB Ln fo Mania acos 0 7 AO RDXO2M2MGSKT 02 Manifold to Manifold Gasket Kit RDX01M2MGSKT 01 Manifold to Manifold Gasket Kit Use this Number for both sizes RPULPO2 amp RPJLPO1 RDO1P 02 80 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 1 Subbbase amp Manifold Installation Torque Item Number 5 25 to 35 in lb 2 82 to 3 95 Nm Size 00 Manifold Assembly Manifold to Manifold Assembly item Number Description 1 Lay Right End Plate when looking at Cylinder Ports Port Side down 2 Place Gasket in gasket track and Retaining Nut in slot 3 Place Manifold on top and tighten using Screw and Washer bath sides 4 Repeat Steps 2 and 3 until all manifold slices are assembled Right End Plat 5 Attach Left End Plate 6 Lay Manifold on flat surface and check for straightness Tighten all bolts per torque specifications For all Instruction Sheets go to www rosscontrols com A10326 W66 Size 0 26mm amp W66 Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service A10330 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 1 Subbbase amp Manifold A10327 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Interposed Flow Controls Installation A10329 W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 Interposed Regulators A10331 W65 Size 1 2 amp 3 ISO 5599 1 5599 2 Subbase amp Manifold Installation Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10330 Insta
220. lect New Module e Choose the Generic 1738 module from the list of Allen Bradley modules Select Module Tyak e HOLE Taa Denir 17 HLA 2 Cea AE bet i Lherel herera edt booked i Pari 10 264 DC rpa Sree 1 AT AHTS 1 eT 2 ee ee RHEE TIEGE PR 1 LT oe 17H Bae a 4 ESE HAH TORE VEO 2a TOE ZA TP le ia 2 Pii TP DE E baia Fi Ti Sone 2 P P OL Eip Pied ee Did ee 4 Poi TURF D0 0 ebrr Pee ue Da 4 Pom 1 LR E DCE ec Fuel eet See Pan 108 26 DCE ecto Pu Dug Soc F Pa 10 2 DE Ekibini ake Fuet Cid Some 2 Depr Si E rri ETET E Degree ir git A 1 a 2 d Pari 10V 204 DC Deriner aky Fured Duig find J Tin yesir Ai lt E pe SF p Faksid J arag F pg F Commumcues F Motes A Cognos aan caret Hep e Enter a name optional an appropriate slot number and the connection parameters as shown in this screen capture Module Pirapama i Hat A rd 0 PSL T 1 1 2 LE Geram 1 0 Ferie Fr igm m Tam i na amita Frima Peis amp Foire e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the 32 Point Valve Driver Module is now under the I O configuration Step 5 Access Module Data via the RPSSCENA or 1738 AENT Adapter and Create Ladder Program e Make sure the 32 outputs of RPSSV32A appear in Controller Tags Use the information in the ladder logic program to access module data i P Lhi i Ce bal bh ha i r iua ee j TN es see Fe ay TEE iil e gam E T Eaua TL hip biner
221. lenoid Signal usage is sequential through the bases Any combination of single or double addresses may be used 25 Pin D Sub Collective Wiring Module Common Pin 13 is rated for 3 amps Common wire rating MUST be greater than total amperage of all solenoids on a manifold assembly Pin Pin Address Number Number Address 1 Face View Male D Sub 25 Pin Connector Pin Pin Address Color Number Number Color Address Black 1 3 Brown 2 5 Red 3 7 Orange 4 9 Yellow 5 11 Green 6 13 Blue 7 15 Purple 8 17 Gray 9 19 White 10 21 Pink 11 23 Lt Green 12 Common Black White 13 14 Brown White 2 15 Red White 4 16 Orange White 6 17 Green White 8 18 Blue White 10 19 Purple White 12 20 Red Black 14 21 Orange Black 16 22 Yellow Black 18 23 Green Black 20 24 Gray Black 22 25 Pink Black 24 Face View Female D Sub 25 Pin Connector Figure 1 19 Pin Round Collective Wiring Module Common Pin 7 is rated for 8 amps Common wire rating MUST be greater than total amperage of all solenoids on a manifold assembly Pin Pin Number Address Number Address 11 9 12 Ground 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O Face View Male 19 Pin Connector Figure 2 12 Pin Round Collective Wiring Module Common Pins 9 and 10
222. ll performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE 14 Solenoid 12 Solenoid Black Wires Red Wires Valves with Terminal Block 14 and Com 12 and Com Will accept 18 to 24 Gauge Wires Terminals Terminals Manifold Wiring Air exhausting from one valve into the exhaust gallery of the manifold assembly may momentarily pressurize other valve circuits open to the same gallery Design the circuit such that there is no hazard or consequence of damage from this action Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Customer W66 Size 0 amp W66 Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Manifold Installation 16 Pin Terminal Strip Shown with Cover Removed External Ground 16 Pin Terminal Strip Location End Plate Green Screw See Detail A 25 Pin D Sub M23 12 Pin Round or End Plate 19 Pin Round End Plate Item Description Item Description problem is likely to occur at 6 or 7 manifold bases and 1 Left End Plate 6 Gasket Blocked 1 3 5
223. llation amp Service Instructions A10326 Size 0 26mm amp Size 00 18mm ISO 15407 Valve Service ALERT Remove Control 12 amp 14 Pipe Plugs in Subbase or Manifold Before Installing Valve WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage e Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Inst
224. ls of the actual plant floor devices in the control schematic Therefore a PC program normally functions as open loop control unless feedback loops from the plant floor devices to separate inputs of the PC are provided and programmed to Cause corrective action if inconsistencies are detected Programmers of PC systems should evaluate functional and safety implications of all control paths and provide appropriate feedback arrangements as needed continued www rosscontrols com Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 3 3 2 Polarity and Phase Sequence Input power and control signals should be applied with polarity and phase sequence as specified by the manufacturer Solid state devices can be damaged by the application of reverse polarity or incorrect phase sequence 10 C 3 3 1 continued e In an electromechanical implementation of a ladder diagram power is available to every rung at all times so that the logic of the various rungs is executed continually and simultaneously limited of course by the operating delays inherent in the electromechanical devices By contrast a typical PC examines the status of input devices I O scan then executes the user program in sequence program scan then changes outputs accordingly in the next I O scan Therefore the sequential order of a PC program can be of more importance and significance than in its electromechanical counterpart
225. lt connected to the ground bus This will ensure an adequate ground for noise immunity 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Figure 6 Typical Grounding Configuration va Enclosure Wall See Figure 4 Ground g Bus O i lt Electrode Conductor To Grounding Electrode System PLC with OE lt i quipment Grounding Power Supply Conductors 8AWG lige Equipment Grounding Conductors 14AWG DIN Rail I O Modules Power Supply Chassis with Power Supply I O Chassis Wall 14 AWG Mini processor with Power Supply built in power supply Module l Washers aes Pawei Ground Ta Supplies oL Lug asher aroung a Bus Do not lay one ground lug directly on top of the other This type of connection can become loose due to compression of the metal lugs Sandwich the first lug between a star washer and a nut with a captive star washer After tightening the nut sandwich the second lug between the first nut and a second nut with a captive star washer ROSS www rosscontrols com Industrial Autom
226. ly dangerous An input and output circuitry incorporating effective isolation techniques which may include limiting impedance or Class 2 supplied circuitry should be selected 3 2 2 Isolation Techniques The most important function of isolation components is to separate high level circuits from low level circuits in order to protect against the transfer of a fault from one level to the other Isolation transformers pulse transformers reed relays or optical couplers are typical means to transmit low level logic signals to power devices in the high level circuit Isolation impedance means also are used to transmit logic signals to power devices 3 3 Special Application Considerations 3 3 1 Converting Ladder Diagrams Converting a ladder diagram originally designed for electromechanical systems to one using solid state control must account for the differences between electromechanical and solid state devices Simply replacing each contact in the ladder diagram with a corresponding solid state contact will not always produce the desired logic functions or fault detection and response For example in electromechanical systems a relay having a mechanically linked normally open NO and normally closed NC contact can be wired to check itself Solid state components do not have a mutually exclusive NO NC arrangement However external circuitry can be employed to sample the input and contact state and compare to determine if t
227. m Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter User Manual The Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter User Manual PSS UMO004A EN P is not available at this time Please refer to Rockwell Automation 1734 POINT I O EtherNet IP Adapter User Manual 1734 UM011A EN P for similar setup information which is available online at http literature rockwellautomation com Installation amp Service Instructions A10316 Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter Series A RPSSCENA ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter Series A RPSSCENA The sealed IP67 housing of the adapter requires no enclosure Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require an additional appropriate housing The EtherNet IP connector is a sealed D coded M12 micro style The EtherNet IP adapter is shown below RPSSCENA EtherNet I P f RPSSCENA Etherijatv P Connector Adapter AnmMDoOyF V Network poe gt Network Address AS 7 Activity i k Switches Q Saus PointBus O Status eae nit System Mini 7 8 Po ye Adapter Auxiliary Power Power ROSS Connector PA N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document a
228. mation on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter User Manual The Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter User Manual is not available at this time Please refer to Rockwell Automation 1734 POINT I O PROFIBUS Adapter User Manual 1734 UMO05B EN P for similar setup information which is available online at http literature rockwellautomation com Installation amp Service Instructions A10314 Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA The sealed IP67 housing of these adapters requires no enclosure Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require an additional appropriate housing PROFIBUS connectors are sealed M12 micro style The PROFIBUS adapter is shown below Shielding See page 3 for details RPSSCPBA RPSSCPBA Profibus DP M12 Connector Adapter O Status Profibus O Status Station Raes se Switches intB IA Salus Mini 7 8 eat a Auxiliary a Power Connector ROSS N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DE
229. me the CRM contacts are open Refer to your programming manual If you fail to do this closing the CRM contacts could generate transient EMI because outputs are already turned on To have outputs turned on when CRM contacts are closing would be analogous to squeezing the trigger on a hand tool as you re plugging it in Figure 8 Ungrounded AC Power Distribution System with Master Control Relay Multiple E Stop Switches Start The I O circuits form a net inductive load switched by the CRM contacts Therefore a suppressor is needed across the line at the load side of the CRM contacts Controller CRM Notes Power Supply 1 To minimize EMI generation connect a suppressor across an inductive load 2 In many applications a second transformer provides power to the input circuits and power supplies for isolation from the output circuits 3 Connect a suppressor here to minimize EMI generation from the net inductive load switched by the CRM contacts In some installations a 1uf 220Q suppressor or 2uf 1009 suppressor has been effective L1 To Motor a Starters L3 Enclosure Wall Step Down Transformer Back Panel Ground Bus Equipment Grounding Conductors uppressor Output Actuator Actuators Sensors 10 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Grounding Electr
230. more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR
231. n 2 General Sections 2 through 5 are classified as Authorized Engineering Information 11 15 1984 Solid State and electro mechanical controls can perform similar control functions but there are certain unique characteristics of solid state controls which must be understood In the application installation and maintenance of solid state control special consideration should be given to the characteristics described in 2 1 through 2 7 2 1 Ambient Temperature Care should be taken not to exceed the ambient temperature range specified by the manufacturer 2 2 Electrical Noise Performance of solid state controls can be affected by electrical noise In general complete systems are designed with a degree of noise immunity Noise immunity can be determined through tests such as described in 3 4 2 Manufacturer recommended installation practices for reducing the effect of noise should be followed General Comments Solid state devices provide many advantages such as high speed small size and the ability to handle extremely complex functions However they differ from electromechanical devices in the basic operating characteristics and sensitivity to environmental influences In addition solid state devices exhibit different failure mechanisms when overstressed The comments which follow are intended to provide additional information to help the reader better understand the operating characteristics environmental limitations
232. n energization of the control device This provides a means of circuit control that is independent of system failure C 2 7 Transient Overvoltage Solid state devices are especially sensitive to excessive voltage When the peak voltage rating is exceeded even for a fraction of a second permanent damage can occur The crystalline structure of the device may be irretrievably altered and the device may no longer be able to turn OFF The external symptom of this situation is exactly the same as that of an electromechanical device with welded contacts Minimum Holding Current Another characteristic of concern is the minimum holding current requirement for triacs and SCRs When the load current falls below the minimum value typically 25 100 mA the triac or SCR ceases conduction and passes only off state current until again triggered Thus it may not be possible for the circuit to turn on or conduct full load current for very light loads In these instances a load resistor called a bleeder resistor may be connected to the output to provide the minimum load In some equipment special circuitry is provided to overcome this problem C 3 1 1 Circuit Considerations The predominant failure mode of solid state devices is in the ON condition This failure mode and the other types of failures mentioned in the NEMA Standard are the reasons for the precautions that are recommended for safety critical circuits on systems that control potentially
233. nclosures ventilation air filtering if required and ambient temperature These recommendations may vary from installation to installation even within the same facility 4 3 Special Handling of Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Some devises may be damaged by electrostatic charges These devices are identified and should be handled in the special manner specified by the manufacturer NOTE Plastic wrapping material used to ship these devices may be conductive and should not be used as insulating material 4 4 Compatibility of Devices with Applied Voltages and Frequencies Prior to energization users and installers should verify that the applied voltage and frequency agree with the rated voltage and frequency specified by the manufacturer NOTE Incorrect voltage or frequency may cause a malfunction of or damage to the control 4 5 Testing Precautions When testing solid state control the procedures and recommendations set forth by the manufacturer should be followed When applicable instrumentation and test equipment should be electrically equivalent to that recommended by the manufacturer for the test procedure A low impedance voltage tester should not be used High voltage insulation tests and dielectric tests should never be used to test solid state devices If high voltage insulation of field wiring is required solid state devices should be disconnected Ohmmeters should only be used when and as recommended by the
234. nd Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect
235. nd affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Output Modules Series A RPSSTACM12A RPSSTAVM12A Mount the I O Base To mount the I O base on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the base IMPORTANT The I O module must be mounted on a grounded metal mounting plate or other conductive surface A mounting illustration for the base with an adapter is shown below 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 4 47 2 50 T22 50 79 4 T 151 9 n S Qe Qe i 0 0 0 0 08 08 Ado O 60 7 e t JORE o sd Jed e lal ai f z Jeoeol i ES AN o o a a aS 4 32 k ali 109 8 a p 1E E F Inches yi Neg mm 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimen
236. nd other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter Series A RPSSCENA Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm describes some important differences betw
237. need for noise suppression C 3 4 1 Assessing Electrical Environment Noise can also occur in the form of electromagnetic radiation or due to improper grounding practices Section C 3 4 3 explains these forms of noise and precautionary measures that should be taken for protection against them In many instances a system may begin to malfunction some time after it has been installed and is working properly This may be due to recent installation of new equipment capable of inducing noise into presently operating systems Thus it is not sufficient to merely evaluate a system at the time of installation Periodic rechecks should be made especially as other equipment is moved modified or newly installed When installing a solid state system it is wise to assume various noise sources exist and install the system to guard against possible interference C 3 4 2 Selecting Devices to Provide Noise Immunity Inductive devices are capable of generating high voltage transients when switched off In addition to possibly Causing damage to solid state devices by exceeding the semiconductor voltage rating the high voltage transient can be coupled to other portions of a system where it appears as noise Fortunately it is fairly easy to limit the effects of this type of noise with some form of suppression device When necessary in addition to suppression devices often provided in solid state equipment an external Suppressor should be connected as cl
238. nel responsible for maintenance of equipment 19 Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 5 2 Preventive Maintenance continued 7 Enclosures should be inspected for evidence of deterioration Accumulated dust and dirt should be removed from the top of the enclosures before opening doors or removing covers 8 Certain hazardous materials removed as part of maintenance or repair procedure e g polychlorinated biphenyls PCB found in some liquid filled capacitors must be disposed of as described in Federal regulations 5 3 Repair If equipment condition indicates repair or replacement the manufacturer s instruction manual should be followed carefully Diagnostic information within such a manual should be used to identify the probable source of the problem and to formulate a repair plan The level of field repair recommended by the manufacturer should be followed When solid state equipment is repaired it is important that any replacement part be in accordance with the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer Care should be taken to avoid the use of parts which are no longer compatible with other changes in the equipment Also replacement parts should be inspected for deterioration due to shelf life and for signs of rework or wear which may involve factors critical to safety After repair proper start up procedures should be followed Special precautions shoul
239. ng brackets of a chassis do not lay flat before the nuts are tightened use additional washers as shims so that the chassis does not bend when you tighten the nuts IMPORTANT Do not bend the chassis Bending the chassis might damage the backplane and result in poor connections Figure 2 Mounting Assembly Details Mounting Bracket Back Panel or Ground Bus Welded Stud Scrape Paint Flat Washer If the mounting bracket is coated with a non conductive material anodized painted etc scrape the material around the Washer mounting hole Stud Mounting of a Ground Bus or Chassis to the Back Panel Ground Bus or Back Panel Flat Washer p Scrape paint on panel and use star washers Washer If the mounting bracket is coated with a non conductive material anodized painted etc scrape the material around the mounting hole Washer Bolt Mounting of a Ground Bus or Chassis to the Back Panel ROSS Back Wall of Enclosure Back Panel P i Welded Stud Use a wire brush to remove paint from threads to allow a ground connection Scrape paint on panel and use a star washer Stud Mounting of the Back Panel to the Enclosure Back Wall Back Panel Mounting Bracket B se Hole Washer Star J mm Sg oy Flat son Washer If the mounting bracket is coated with a non conductive material anodized painted etc scrape the material around the mounting hole Scrape Pain
240. ng of the product ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you A N e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that dangerous A voltage may be present GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain prod
241. ng to procedures listed in these instructions 2 3 Off State Current to nxiacince ren acnaninancicnesuaesananeannedeatosmaieeanceetonanians 4 Installation service and conversion of these products must be 24 Polarit A performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how O arl y a pneumatic products are to be applied 2 5 Rate of Rise Voltage or Current DV DT or DI DT 5 After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product 2 6 Surge UNE SM ata saa ects E E E A ET 5 tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use 2 7 Transient Overvoltage as sasssixcectsavosendxcesssaverendpancseneesenaeactenes 6 Warnings ane pee eat Ons on tHe Predict snouid NOt bEgovered Section 3 Application Guidelines 0 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeees 6 by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels 3 1 General Application Precautions cccccceseeeceeeeeeeeeeees 6 3 2 Circuit Isolation Requirements cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 9 3 3 Special Application Considerations cccccssseeeeeeeeeees 9 Safety Guide a 3 4 Planning Electrical Noise Rejection cccecccessseeeeeeeees 11 For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulle
242. ngerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines
243. nnect Wiring Plate Serial Bus 8 Dome Plug 9 O ring 10 Plastic Plug Size 1 2 amp 3 Subbase amp Manifold Installation For Size 2 amp Size 3 Valves See Figure 5 1 Attach four Tie Rods Item 5 to the Interface Plate Item 7 then mount the Gasket Item 4 Collective Wiring Module Item 6 Gasket Item 4 and Cover Item 3 over the Tie Rods Attach these components with the four Screws Item 1 and Washers Item 2 provided NOTE The 25 Pin D Sub Collective Wiring Module has a ground wire with ring terminal which must be attached to the inner green screw on the Interface Plate before cover is attached 2 Lay the Collective Wiring Module port side down and expose the wiring harness Feed wires into wiring gallery and assemble Collective Wiring Module to Interface Plate Locate Gasket Item 8 in place on the Interface Plate Item 7 3 Bring the first station Manifold Base Item 10 to the Interface Plate Item 7 and plug in the two black connectors from the harness into the base connector circuit board The connectors are keyed there is only one assembly possible Manifold End Plate Assembly Torque Values Torque in lb Item 11 195 to 205 Nm 22 0 to 23 2 Internal Ground Location Green Screw Do not twist cables Tighten the Base to the Interface Plate with the four Bolt Washers Item 11 provided with each Base to torque specifications shown in the torque chart Continue to mount each Molded
244. normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA Mount the Adapter and I O Base To mount the adapter on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the adapter A mounting illustration for the adapter with I O bases is shown below Adapter 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 Ground 1 47 2 50 22 50 79 4 151 9 PROFIBUS I O Module I O Module Adapter Ground Ground P iG o o Q 09 O I l I o NO A IS te i g A S A w Inches mm 3 02 5 39 l Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the nec
245. nsion Power Supply To Install the Power Supply Proceed as Follows Following are wiring instructions for the 24VDC Expansion Power 1 Using a bladed screwdriver rotate the keyswitch on the mounting Supply base clockwise until the number 1 aligns with the notch in the base 2 Position the power supply vertically above the mounting base The module will bridge two bases RPSSSE24A Module Will Bridge Two Bases Male In Connector Mini 7 8 Gannon Pin 1 User Power Pin 2 Adapter Power Pin 3 Adapter Power O Pin 4 User Power RPSSSE24A ROSS 24V de Power Supply umm fe en G e oS or a E o Note User power is the 24VDC power for field devices Adapter power is the 24VDC power for RPSSSE24A It is converted to 5VDC to power isysNet modules system 7 Power Field Power 0 ATTENTION A 3 Push the power supply down until it engages the orange latching mechanism You will hear a clicking sound when the power supply is properly engaged The locking mechanism will lock the power supply to the base Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the connections against leaks and maintain IP67 requirements Remove the 24VDC Expansion Power Supply From the Mounting Base To Remove the Power Supply from the Mounting Base 1 Put a flat blade screwdriver into the slot of the orange latching mechanism 2 Push the
246. nstructions Subbases Connect pilot signal to the 12 and 14 Ports the harness into the base connector circuit board The connectors are keyed there is only one assembly possible Do not twist cables Attach the Base to the Interconnect Wiring Plate by finger tightening the three Bolts Item 4 Continue to mount each successive Gasket Item 2 and Base Item 3 to the previous Base Lay the entire manifold on a flat surface align for straightness and alternately tighten each screw incrementally to torque specifications in the torque chart Place the right hand End Plate Item 5 on last base and tighten screws see torque chart 3 NOTE Transition Plates or Isolation Plugs must be properly placed as the construction of the stack progresses See individual sections of this bulletin 4 Add valves and accessories to the manifold if not already attached The final assembly should be leak and electrically tested before operation Manifold End Plate Assembly Torque Values Torque in Ib Item 4 40 to 50 Nm 4 5 to 5 6 Internal Ground Location Green Screw External Ground Location pa Green Screw Figure 4 Size 1 Valves Shown item Description Interconnect Wiring Plate 25 Pin D Sub Connector Molded Gasket Manifold Base Mounting Screws Right Hand End Plate J 0 goenv V www rosscontrols com Item Description 6 Interconnect Wiring Plate 12 or 19 Pin Connector 7 Interco
247. nt It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus Relay Output Module Series A RPSSTR4M12A Mount the I O
248. nt and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A Ole 72 Labels may
249. number and the current consumption for each of the modules connected to the RPSSCCNA Verify that it is below 1 0A Backplane current can be extended beyond 1 0A with a RPSSSE24A Backplane Extension Power Supply The RPSSSE24A can supply up to an additional 1 3A of backplane current Multiple RPSSSE24A modules can be used to reach the maximum of 63 modules Cat No PointBus Current Requirements RPSSN8xxx 75 MA RPSSP8xxx 75 MA RPSST8xxx 75 MA RPSSTR4M12A 90 mA RPSSNACM12A 75 mA RPSSNAVM12A 75 mA RPSSTACM12A 75 mA RPSSTAVM12A 75 mA RPSSS23A 75 mA RPSSV32A 75 mA ControlINet Communication Rate 5Mbits s fixed value Power Supply Specifications Power Supply Note In order to comply with CE Low Voltage Directives LVD you must use either a NEC Class 2 a Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV or a Protected Extra Low Voltage PELV power supply to power this adapter A SELV supply cannot exceed 30V rms 42 4V peak or 6OVDC under normal conditions and under single fault conditions A PELV supply has the same rating and is connected to protected earth Input Voltage Rating 24VDC 10 28 8VDC range Field Side Power Requirements Maximum 24VDC 20 28 8VDC 425 mA Interruption Output voltage will stay within specifications when input drops out for 10ms at 10V with maximum load General Specifications LED Indicators 1 green red Adapter status 2 green red ControlNet status 1 green red PointBus status 1 green System Power PointBus 5V p
250. o 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz IEC 61000 4 4 4kV at 5kHz on power ports 2kV at 5kHz on communications ports IEC 61000 4 5 1kV line line DM and 2kV line earth CM on power ports 2kV line earth CM on unshielded communications port tested as balanced circuits IEC 61000 4 6 10Vrms with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150kHz to 80MHz CSPR 11 Group 1 Class A Meets IP65 66 67 when marked 8 screw 7 5 in Ibs in Aluminum 16 in lbs in Steel 1 on power ports 1 on communications ports 0 80 Ib 0 36 kg UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions EtherNet IP ODVA conformance tested to EtherNet IP specifications 1 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10316 Installation Safety Guidelines for Selecting and Using ROSS CONTROLS Products and Related Accessories
251. ode Conductor to Grounding Electrode System Connect When Applicable Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Common Power Source for I O Unless each I O of a module or block is individually isolated multiple I O within the block or module share a common terminal for one side of the power source All I O sharing a common terminal must share a common power source i e from the same pole of a disconnect or from the same transformer tap If a module or block has multiple commons each common and its I O may be isolated from the other commons In that case each common and its I O can have a separate power source If each I O is individually isolated each I O can have a separate power source If a module or block has individually isolated I O or multiple isolated commons and multiple power sources are used be certain that the difference in potential between any two power sources does not exceed the specified maximum continuous voltage that can be applied between the channels Under Voltage Shutdown Each power supply with under voltage shut down protection generates a shut down signal on the backplane when the AC line voltage drops below its lower voltage limit The power supply removes the shut down signal when the line voltage comes back above the lower voltage limit This shut down is to guard against invalid data being stored in memory Because a Capacitive input power supply converting AC to DC draws power
252. oduct does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels 1 0 Nm 7 to 9 in lbs Subbase Wiring Safety Guide Sf SS For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE 3 Comm This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries Ground and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further 12 Terminal Customer investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you 14 Terminal Ground analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure Ross and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current Connections product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that a
253. ommunication faulted device the device has detected a network access error and is in Flashing Red Green communication faulted state Device has received and accepted an Identity Communication Faulted Request long protocol message Output Fault Status Outputs operating normally Red Over current short circuit or over temperature detected on one or more outputs On State only L www rosscontrols com 7 Serial Bus 32 Point Valve Driver Series A RPSSV32A Specifications Following are specifications for the 32 point valve driver Voltage On State Output Maximum 28 8VDC Minimum 10VDC Nominal 24VDC LED Indicators 1 output status 1 green red network status logic side 1 green red module status logic side PointBus Current Maximum 75 mA 5VDC Operating Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Storage Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 to 95 non condensing Shock IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g Vibration IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 to 500Hz ESD Immunity IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharge
254. on 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Input Modules Series A RPSSN8M8A RPSSN8M12A RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M12A RPSSP8M23A Mount the I O Base To mount the I O base on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the base IMPORTANT The I O module must be mounted on a grounded metal mounting plate or other conductive surface A drilling dimensions mounting illustration for the base with an adapter is shown below
255. on concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter Series A RPSSCCNA Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In
256. only from the peak of the AC voltage wave form the external transformer load in VA of each power supply is 2 5 times its real power dissipation in Watts If the transformer is too small the peaks of the sine wave are clipped Even if the voltage is still above the lower voltage limit the power supply senses the clipped wave as low voltage and sends the shut down signal Sizing the Transformer To determine the required rating of the transformer add the external transformer load of the power supply and all other power requirements input circuits output circuits The power requirements must take into consideration the surge currents of devices controlled by the processor Choose a transformer with the closest standard transformer rating above the calculated requirements For example the external transformer load of a power supply module at maximum backplane load current is 140VA 2 5 x 56W 140 A 140VA transformer could be used if a power supply module were the only load A 500VA transformer should be used if there were 360VA of load in addition to that of the power supply module www rosscontrols com Second Transformer Certain manufacturer s power supplies have circuits that Suppress electromagnetic interference from other equipment However isolate output circuits from power supplies and input circuits to help prevent output transients from being induced into inputs and power supplies In many applications power is provi
257. or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present Installation amp Service Instructions A10328 Size 0 amp Size 00 ISO 15407 2 Manifold Installation ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Application Limits These products are intended for use in general purpose compressed air systems only Compliance with the rated pressure temperature and voltage is necessary see Installation amp Service Instructions packed with valve Wiring Instructions for Individual Base Wiring 1 Follow all requirements for local and national electrical codes Remove end cover from base by backing off the two captive screws Connect wires as shown in chart An external ground connection must be attached to the green ground screw of every base in an assembly Disregard unused wires or terminals Reassemble cover to base by tightening screws from 0 8 to or the pr
258. ose as possible to the source of the transient for maximum attenuation NOTE A surge suppressor increases drop out time of an electromechanical device Wwww rosscontrols com 11 Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls 3 4 3 Design of Wiring for Maximum Protection Once the installation site and power conductors have been examined the system wiring plans that will provide noise Suppression should be considered Conducted noise enters solid state control at the points where the control is connected to input lines output lines and power supply wires Input circuits are the circuits most vulnerable to noise Noise may be introduced capacitatively through wire to wire proximity or magnetically from nearby lines carrying large currents In most installations signal lines and power lines should be separate Further signal lines should be appropriately routed and shielded according to manufacturers recommendations When planning system layout care must be given to appropriate grounding practice Because design differences may call for different grounding the control manufacturers recommendations should be followed 12 C 3 4 3 Design of Wiring for Maximum Protection Noise can also occur in the form of electromagnetic radiation Examples include radio frequency RF energy emanating from portable transceivers walkie talkie and fixed station transmitters of various types Clo
259. ounded metal mounting surface Install Base Gasket 19 onto pin on bottom of valve For Internal Pilot Pressure be sure the letters Il are visible For External Pilot Pressure be sure the letters X are visible See the valve to base gasket drawings below Note After servicing the valve in any way apply pressure to the valve Servicing Valve Body Refer to Figures 1 and 2 to aid with disassembly and reassembly 1 Remove Valve from base by removing Body to Base Screws 20 2 For ISO 15407 2 Remove Connector 14 by carefully gripping the pins with a needle nose pliers and pull to remove For ISO 15407 1 Go directly to Step 3 3 Remove each End Cap 13 17 18 by removing the Screws 16 4 Remove the Pistons 9 or 10 Spool Return Spring 22 if applicable and the Spool 3 5 6 or 7 being careful not to scratch the valve body bore 5 Using a clean lint free cloth clean sealing surfaces 6 Apply a light coating of grease to each part noted in Figure 1 and the mating sealing surface of each of these parts 7 Reassemble valve in reverse order of disassembly replacing the necessary parts Care must be taken when reassembling the End Caps Install Item 14 Connector after Item 13 Operator End Cap is installed on the Body Note pin kink orientation in Figure 1 and check for leaks If any leak exists repeat assembly process and retest until valve is leak free tem ____Dese
260. ower 1 green Adapter Power 24V from field supply Power Consumption Maximum 10 2W 28 8VDC Power Dissipation Maximum 5 0W 28 8VDC Thermal Dissipation Maximum 16 9 BTU hr 28 8VDC Isolation Voltage 50V rms continuous voltage withstand rating Tested at 1250VAC for 60s Field Power Bus Nominal Voltage 24VDC Supply Voltage 10 28 8VDC range Supply Current 10A maximum Dimensions Inches Millimeters 4 41H x 2 83W x 2 56D 112H x 72W x 65D ROSS www rosscontrols com Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter Series A RPSSCCNA General Specifications continued Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity ESD Immunity Radiated RF Immunity EFT B Immunity Surge Transient Immunity Conducted RF Immunity Enclosure Type Rating Mounting Base Screw Torque Wiring Category Weight Imperial Metric Certifications when product is marked IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 95 non condensing IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 30g Non operating 50g IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 500Hz IE
261. owerup test module self test Recoverable fault has occurred Firmware NVS update MAC ID changed CPU load exceeded Unrecoverable fault has occurred Self test failure checksum failure at powerup ramtest failure at powerup Firmware fatal error Waiting for connection or ControlNet cable break Module is operating correctly normal mode Probable Cause Device is not powered check module status indicator LED powerup test Recoverable fault has occurred At power up the number of expected modules does not equal the number of modules present Amodule is missing Node fault I O connection timeout Unrecoverable fault has occurred The adapter is bus off The adapter has failed its dup_MAC_ID check Adapter is on line with no connections established Adapter chassis size has not been configured Controller in program idle mode ControlNet cable break Adapter is on line with connections established normal operation in run mode RPSSCCNA RPSSCCNA AcontroINet Adapter Status Indicator PointBus Status Indicator ControlNet A Status Indicator ControlNet B Status Indicator Adapter O Status PointBus Status System Power Adapter Power System Power TN Indicator ROSS Adapter Power Indicator Indication _ Probable Cause ControlNet A B Status Viewed Together Both Steady Off Reset no power or entire network interface deact
262. parately derived system as that of the control system 2 or routed in proximity with conductors of the control system as per the routing guidelines In Example 3 the pilot light has a built in step down transformer that needs a suppressor because it is an inductive load being switched by the hard contacts of a contact output module without suppression the transient EMI would be generated inside the I O chassis Lights with built in step down transformers that are switched by hard contacts external to any I O chassis may not need to be suppressed because the noise spike they can generate may be only approximately one tenth that of a relay or motor starter In all cases the AC power coming into the I O modules must be switched by the CRM contacts Therefore a suppressor is needed across the line at the load side of the CRM contacts as shown in Figures 7 and 8 The application voltage net load of I O circuits dictates the specific suppressor needed across the line at the load side of the CRM contacts 12 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Figure 10 Examples of Where to Use Suppression 1MS Li 1MS 2 1MS Li AC Output Module L2 Solid State Switch m Although the motor starter is an inductive load it does not need a suppressor because it is switched by a solid state device AC Output Module L2 L1 Solid State Switch 1CR The
263. particularly when special instructions such as immediate inputs or outputs are programmed as some PCs permit Also differences in response characteristics of components differences in system architecture and the scan time associates with a PC system can combine to change timing characteristics of a circuit significantly In particular care must be taken in handling momentary or rapidly changing inputs to a PC system which might be missed between scans Simple transfer of a ladder diagram without consideration of these characteristics of PCs may produce unintended and possibly hazardous results Programmers should consult the users manual in order to understand the characteristics of the particular PC being used and provide appropriate features in the program to accommodate them e Another concern is the operating mode of devices connected to input terminals Input signals must be arranged so loss of signal due to a broken wire or corroded contact does not go undetected and create a hazardous condition In particular stop functions should be initiated by opening a normally closed external circuit rather than closing a normally open circuit even though the system is capable of being programmed to accept either type of input The considerations described in this section apply to the creation of new programs as well as conversion of existing ladder diagrams C 3 3 2 Polarity and Phase Sequence Additionally incorrect polarity
264. partment at 1 888 TEK ROSS in the U S A 1 706 356 3708 outside the U S A You may find your local ROSS distributor at www rosscontrols com 2 PRODUCT SELECTION INSTRUCTIONS 2 1 Flow Rate The flow rate requirements of a system are frequently the primary consideration when designing any pneumatic system System components need to be able to provide adequate flow and pressure for the desired application 2 2 Pressure Rating Never exceed the rated pressure of a product Consult product labeling ROSS CONTROLS catalogs or the instruction sheets supplied for maximum pressure ratings 2 3 Temperature Rating Never exceed the temperature rating of a product Excessive heat can shorten the life expectancy of a product and result in complete product failure 2 4 Environment Many environmental conditions can affect the integrity and suitability of a product for a given application Ross Controls products are designed for use in general purpose industrial applications If these products are to be used in unusual circumstances such as direct sunlight and or corrosive or caustic environments such use can shorten the useful life and lead to premature failure of a product 2 5 Lubrication and Compressor Carryover Some modern synthetic oils can and will attack nitrile seals If there is any possibility of synthetic oils or greases migrating into the pneumatic components check for compatibility with the seal materials used Consult the factory or produ
265. power is off overloaded backplane or dc dc converter problem System power on dc dc converter active 5V Indication _ Probable Cause Adapter Power Probable Cause Network Status Device is not initialized The module does not have an IP address Flashing Green No CIP connections Device has an IP address but no CIP connections are Not active Field power is off established Power on 24V present Green CIP connections Device on line has an IP address and CIP connections are System Power Indicator shows the 5V power output from the dc dc converter established Adapter Power Indicator shows the 24V power input to the dc dc converter Flashing Red One or more Ethernet connections has timed out No link The module is not physically connected to a powered Ethernet device Flashing Red Green The module is performing a self test only occurs during power up test 6 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus EtherNet IP Adapter Series A RPSSCENA Specifications Following are specifications for the RPSSCENA EtherNet IP adapter EtherNet IP Adapter RPSSCENA Expansion I O Capacity e Maximum of 63 modules e Maximum of 5 Rack Optimized connections for digital modules only e Maximum of 25 Direct connections e RPSSCENA backplane current output 1 0A maximum The actual number of modules can vary Add up the current requirements of the modules you want to use to make sure they do not
266. product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the RPSST8M23A RPSST8M23A 24V de Out Ul Female LED user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making Connector Indicators the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all M23 performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice UII EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus 24 VDC Output Modules Series A RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm
267. property damage or economic loss Attentions help you A N e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence 010 74 GPE Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that dangerous A voltage may be present z OR yA GDE Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be A dangerous temperatures ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided
268. range Input Overvoltage Protection Inrush Current PointBus Output Current Field Side Power Requirements Maximum Interruption Output voltage will stay within specifications when input drops out for 10ms at 10V with maximum load General Specifications LED Indicators 1 green red Adapter status 1 green red PROFIBUS status 1 green red PointBus status 1 green System Power PointBus 5V power 1 green Adapter Power 24V from field supply Power Consumption Maximum 8 1W 28 8VDC Power Dissipation Maximum 2 8W 28 8VDC Thermal Dissipation Maximum 9 5 BTU hr 28 8VDC Isolation Voltage 50V rms continuous voltage withstand rating Tested at 1250VAC rms for 60s Field Power Bus Nominal Voltage 24VDC Supply Voltage 10 28 8VDC range Supply Current 10A maximum Dimensions Inches Millimeters 4 41H x 2 83W x 2 56D 112H x 72W x 65D ROSS www rosscontrols com Serial Bus PROFIBUS Adapter Series A RPSSCPBA General Specifications continued IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity ESD Immunity Radiated RF Immunity EFT B Immunity Surge Transient Immunity Conducted RF Immunity 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C
269. rence pages 4 1 through 4 7 of Rockwell publication 1734 UM008 follow www rockwell com gt Support gt Support Overview gt Online manuals and literature gt l O31734 POINT and 1734D POINT Block I O and find POINT I O ControlNet Adapter User Manual for a similar setup procedure Step 3 Add 32 Point Valve Driver to RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 15 X or greater e Highlight the RPSSCCNA under I O configuration right click and select New Module e Choose the RPSSV32A module from the list of Parker modules i Shap pE Pbi Harri i i a ret Dek ae rr PL birgai hak Aa dirdir FEJ Eagal onk deg el cooky PA ninpa analog currert HL owen bihi eee Fe biri eck ee ees 12 ee TAE ee CC Er Cee Sh ee ee A Eatatout Ph dicta aere MI kihi Sil nee ae PEA Ea aipat dii el cour PE Piper Fiag caren Mj Capt ph a aS J a ae pi prior isc nis ui che Brea or PSS DA Deuai Medic cig coc mcd Puke Heade Gc che E diki ih el a ei idee Er Sten Lien Miia ti cathe et ee k 1 i Dhs EIE 1 1 tees fear Cai U rihh TETP Do Gat ooh FEA Notice that the 32 Point Valve Drive Module is now under I O Configuration 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 32 Point Valve Driver Series A RPSSV32A If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 13 X e Highlight the 1738 ACNR under I O configuration right click and select New Module e Choose the Generic 1738 module f
270. rference EMI Electromagnetic disturbance that manifests itself in performance degradation malfunction or failure of electronic equipment IEC Off State Current The current that flows in a solid state device in the off state condition Off State Condition The conditions of a solid state device when no control signal is applied On State Condition The condition of a solid state device when conducting Radio Frequency Interference RFI RFI is used interchangeably with EMI EMI is a later definition that includes the entire electromagnetic spectrum whereas RFI is more restricted to the radio frequency band generally considered to be between 10k and 10G Hz IEC Surge Current A current exceeding the steady state current for a short time duration normally described by its peak amplitude and time duration Transient Overvoltage The peak voltage in excess of steady state voltage for a short time during the transient conditions e g resulting from the operations of a switching device 2 Explanatory Information Supplementary Comments Not part of NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICATION NO ICS 1 1 SCOPE The scope of this ROSS CONTROLS Publication A10325 is identical to the scope of NEMA Standards Publication No ICS 1 1 quoted in the left column 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Sectio
271. ries A RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None J N WARNING RPSST8M12A To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage l RPSST8M12A ROSS 24V de Out F Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Female E Female oe Connector Connector Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to M12 A 0 Per M12 B this product before installation servicing or conversion e 6 2 Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature 1 3 NOP 2 and other conditions listed in these instructions E nO i Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below E E 7 freezing EP Service according to procedures listed in these instructions O Indicators Female Q 3 Installation service and conversion of these products must be Connector i 6 D4 performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how M12 C B pneumatic products are to be applied A me Female After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical 4 E Qs Connector P 7 M12 D supplies when necessary should be connected and the product C E44 O tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint
272. ription_Httemn Desenptien Body Single Solenoid Body Double Solenoid Spool 2 Position Seals Assembled Seal Spool Spool 3 Position CC Seals Assembled Solenoid Operator End Cap Connector O Ring Screws Operator to Body Return Operator End Cap Single Solenoid Return Operator End Cap Double Solenoid Body to Base Gasket Screws Body to Base Connector 2 Pin Spool Return Spring M12 Insert Assembly O Ring Spool 3 Position OC Seals Assembled Spool 3 Position PC Seals Assembled Seal Operator Piston Operator Piston 2 Position Operator Piston 3 Position End Cap Gasket Solenoid Circuit Board Assy Lightly grease with provided lubricant D Clean with lint free cloth Inspect for nicks scratches and surface imperfections If present reduced service life is probable and future replacement should be planned 20 See Torque Chart
273. rols com Serial Bus Relay Output Module Series A RPSSTR4M12A Install the Relay Output Module To Install the Relay Output Module Proceed as Follows 1 Using a bladed screwdriver rotate the keyswitch on the mounting base clockwise until the number 7 aligns with the notch in the base 2 Position the module vertically above the mounting base The module will bridge two bases Module Will Bridge Two Bases W RPSSTR4M12A Form A isolated Relay Out ROSS 1 S S SS G ea e e 3 Push the module down until it engages the latching mechanism You will hear a clicking sound when the module is properly engaged The locking mechanism will lock the module to the base Remove the Relay Output Module From the Mounting Base To Remove the Module from the Mounting Base 1 Put a flat blade screwdriver into the slot of the orange latching mechanism 2 Push the screwdriver toward the I O module to disengage the latch The module will lift up off the base 3 Pull the module off of the base 2007 ROSS CONTRO S All Rights Reserved Serial Bus Relay Output Module Series A RPSSTR4M12A Wire the Relay Output Module Following are wiring instructions for the relay output module Q2 0 view into connector RPSSTR4M12A Pin 1 24VDC Pin 2 Output OB M12 A Pin 4 Output OA M12 A Output 1B M12 B Output 1A M12 B Output 2B M12 C Output 2A M12
274. rom the list of Allen Bradley modules Select Module Tyak e MODULE Te T aak 17 HELA Ta 2 hre MEO Irgat ka TTS Fs TP aa de 2 Chanel P heereacoupis nai miss i Pari 106 26 DC tip Sree OAC TEDEH ZA TADRE Pe ake MT a 3 HIRES 2 Pa 1AP SoC Cee 2 Poe TP DE E kaia Pape Dade Sane E Pod 10h SES CG TE eines Pie Pde Did ee 4 Pod TURF DD E bein Pec Dude ce Pai 0 26 DE E eco Puce Dug Soc TAIRE H ZS 2 Pan 10 DC Ektirme Fue Out Dooa THEOREMS FP P SEY DC Eb rake Peel Did aa 1 ESCM ZA TOE AA 2 rrd An rri ETET l Crd Siretheny gies Dh ga e PT APEN i Point 1J DC T keier aky Fused Puig tid Tign Ymir s F pa F Grecia li Eales ll T train E Lite E Coreea Moke FF Caa Cine al e Enter a name optional an appropriate slot number and the connection parameters as shown in this screen capture Laren deili Prape i Hat Ado ior 17ST 7 1 Cer 1 710 ie Erai darina aE a E dea beer Foirme at He e E kii hei Demag E Pama Dras h miia ETT i Cre Fe it aa iT Lesher e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the 32 Point Valve Driver Module is now under the I O configuration Step 4 Download the Program to the Controller and Configure the RPSSCCNA or 1738 ACNR Adapter e Reference pages 4 11 through 4 15 of Rockwell publication 1734 UM008 for similar setup procedure Step 5 Schedule I O Module Connections e Reference pages 4 15 through 4 1
275. ront of the module refer to the illustration on page 1 Use a small blade screwdriver to rotate the switches Line up the small notch on the switch with the number setting you wish to use Valid settings range from 001 through 254 X100 w 0 L 3 2 a 6 4 X10 n 0 L This example shows the network address set at 163 d s 6 4 l X1 When the switches are set to a valid number the adapter s IP address will be 192 168 1 xxx where xxx represents the number set on the switches The adapter s subnet mask will be 255 255 255 0 and the gateway address will be set to 0 0 0 0 When the adapter is reading the network address set on the switches the adapter will not have a host name assigned to it or use any Domain Name System If the switches are set to an invalid number i e 000 or a value greater than 254 the adapter checks to see if DHCP is enabled If DHCP is enabled the adapter asks for an address from a DHCP server The DHCP server will also assign other Transport Control Protocol TCP parameters If DHCP is not enabled the adapter will use the IP address along with other TCP configurable parameters stored in nonvolatile memory EDS File Requirements The EDS file is available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Add EtherNet IP Adapter to RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration To add your RPSSCENA to RSLogix 5000 I O configuration follow these steps e In RSLogix 5000 highlight the EtherNet IP Scanner righ
276. round Ground z G T C 0 De 0 0 g De 00 g ra 2 A DED ED Ge ze e 4 02 2 39 102 O l lo 60 7 o S ee ewa e l o a O ol i SP eres 1 81 g P i ne l 4 32 46 7 1 ol ai ee i i E z vee eZ Sant E Inches ral A mm 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information Grounding Install the Mounting Base as Follows Each Serial Bus base has two mounting holes with the one on the right being the means to ground each module Each module must be grounded 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping screws 3 Mount the adapter and I O bases using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection in the I O base The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole www rosscontrols com Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters Series A RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM18PA Set the Node Address Valid node addresses are 00 through 63 Set the node address using either the rotary switches RSNetWorx for DeviceNet DeviceNetManager or another software configuration tool Setting the switches at any number from 64 through 99 lets the software have address control Each module is shipped with the switches set for node ad
277. rs or to I O adapter modules programming terminals computers or data terminals Intra enclosure interconnect the system Category 3 Low voltage DC power cables provide backplane power components within an enclosure to the system components e Corresponds to IEEE levels 1 high susceptibility Communication cables to connect between system and 2 medium susceptibility components within the same enclosure 2 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Route Conductors To guard against coupling noise from one conductor to another follow these general guidelines Table B when routing wires and cables both inside and outside of an enclosure Use the spacing given in these general guidelines with the following exceptions e Where connection points for conductors of different categories on a device are closer together than the specified spacing e Application specific configurations for which the Spacing is described in a publication for that specific application These guidelines are for noise immunity only Follow all local codes for safety requirements Table B Follow these Guidelines for Routing Cables to Guard Against Noise Route this category of conductor cables According to these guidelines Category 1 These conductors can be routed in the same cable tray or raceway with machine power conductors of up to 600VAC feeding up to 100 hp devices
278. s Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz 3kV at 5kHz on signal ports 1kV line line DM and 2kV line earth CM on signal ports 10Vrms with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150kHz to 80MHz Group 1 Class A Wiring Category Certifications c UL us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment when product is marked certified for US and Canada CE European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1 OFF to ON or ON to OFF delay is time from a valid output on or off signal to output energization or de energization 2 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10312 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this produ
279. s 3 into mounting holes on the Remote Pilot Block 3 Carefully engage the Plug into the Base 4 Continue to lower the Pilot Block Body by carefully engaging the two rubber projections on the gasket into the appropriate holes on the Pilot Block Body 5 Press the Pilot Block Body by hand firmly To confirm the gasket is indeed attached to the Pilot Block Body lift the Body by about one half inch Both rubber projections should remain in the holes 6 Lay the Pilot Block Body back on the Base Step 3 Install Valve 1 Locate Valve Gasket 4 on bottom of Valve 2 Install valve onto Pilot Block Body 3 Carefully engage the Valve Plug 4 Using hex wrench tighten two Screws 5 torque 1 5 to 1 7 Nm 13 to 15 in lb for W66 Size 0 0 9 to 1 1 Nm 8 to 10 in lb for W66 Size 00 Step 4 Leakage Check 1 Apply pressure to base and check for audible leakage at various joints If any are present do not not operate the valve repeat the assembly procedure until satisfied Remote Pilot Block Body Figure 3 ISO 15407 2 Size 00 Pilot Block Body Shown Valve amp Base shown for reference only Component List The components listed below are for identification purposes only some of these components are available in various Sandwich Regulator Kits some are not available due to special factory assembly Individual components are not sold separately since all kit components should be installed
280. s RPSSP8 require NPN type input device Wiring examples RPSSN8M8A and RPSSP8MB8A shown Common Sink Input Module NPN Source a 2 Wire Input Input Module 24 VDC Device Common PNP Sink 3 Wire Input Input Module Device Common Source Ais 3 Wire Input Input Module Device ROSS RPSSN8M23A RPSSP8M23A view into connector Pin 1 Input O Pin 7 Input 6 Pin 2 Input 1 Pin 8 Input 7 Pin 3 Input 2 Pin 9 Return Com Pin 4 Input 3 Pin 10 Return Com Pin 5 Input 4 Pin 11 24VDC Pin 6 Input 5 Pin 12 Chassis RPSSN8M12A RPSSP8M12A C view into connector Pin 1 24VDC Pin 2 Input 1 M12 A Input 3 M12 B Input 5 M12 C Input 7 M12 D Pin 3 Common Pin 4 Input O M12 A Input 2 M12 B Input 4 M12 C Input 6 M12 D Pin 5 No Connect Digital Input Module 8 Digital Inputs M12 NPN Sinking Requires PNP Sourcing Input Device RPSSN8M12A 8 Digital Inputs M12 PNP Sourcing Requires NPN Sinking Input Device 8 Digital Inputs M8 NPN Sinking Requires PNP Sourcing Input Device RPSSP8M12A RPSSN8M8A 8 Digital Inputs M8 PNP Sourcing Requires NPN Sinking Input Device 8 Digital Inputs M23 12 Pin PNP Sourcing Requires NPN Sinking Input Device RPSSP8M8A RPSSP8M23A 8 Digital Inputs M23 12 Pin NPN Sinking Requires PNP Sourcing Input Device RPSSN8M23A ATTENTION A Make sure all connectors and caps are securely tightened to properly seal the conn
281. screwdriver toward the I O module to disengage the latch The module will lift up off the base 3 Pull the module off of the base Install a Replacement RPSSSE24A to an Existing System 1 Remove the module to the right of the power supply from the mounting base 2 If you have not done so already remove the existing power supply from the mounting base 3 Position the replacement power supply vertically above the mounting base 4 Push the power supply down until it engages the orange latching mechanism You will hear a clicking sound when the power supply is properly engaged and locked to the base 5 Place the module to the right of the power supply back onto the mounting base 4 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24VDC Expansion Power Supply Series A RPSSSE24A Specifications Following are specifications for the RPSSSE24A Power Supply 24VDC Expansion Power Supply RPSSSE24A I O Module Capacity 5 to 17 I O modules depending on each module s current rating Power Supply In order to comply with CE Low Voltage Directives LVD you must use a Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV or a Protected Extra Low Voltage PELV power supply to power the adapter Inputs Voltage Rating 12VDC 24VDC nominal 10 28 8VDC range Operating Voltage 10 28 8VDC Input Current Maximum 6A for 10ms Backplane Output Current 5VDC 1 3A Field Side Power Requirements Maximum 24VDC 20 28 8VDC 400 mA Indicators 1 Gr
282. se coupling is not required the various lines entering the system act as receiving antennas Tests described in 3 4 2 may not be sufficient to demonstrate noise immunity to radio frequency signals Variations in building construction and equipment installation make it impossible for equipment manufacturers to perform meaningful tests of radio frequency sources RF fields are affected by concentrating masses of metal such as steel beams piping conduit metal enclosures and equipment used in production such as fork lift trucks and products being transported on conveyors If the installation site will be subjected to this type of noise thorough testing should be performed to assure that the solid state system has sufficient noise immunity for the expected levels of radio frequency energy Corrective measures should be taken if necessary These include shielding of solid state circuits and or connected wiring and the establishment of restrictions to provide safe operating distances between the solid state equipment and the RF sources Grounding practices in industry are frequently misunderstood and often ignored Poor grounding can lead to many problems in solid state systems Intentionally grounding one circuit conductor of any electrical supply system is widely accepted and is generally required by electrical codes However the non current carrying parts of a system which enclose equipment and conductors must also be grounded In addition
283. se ships with the module The RPSSNACM12A EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION and RPSSNAVM12A modules are shown below IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Input Modules Series A RPSSNACM12A RPSSNAVM12A Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed
284. sert it into counterbore of left manifold base 4 Apply a light coating of grease to Gasket Item 3 and assemble in manifold groove 5 Assemble plugged manifold into manifold bank in its proper position 6 Apply main pressure and check for leaks If any are present do not operate the valve repeat the reassembly process until satisfactory Isolation Plug Kits Size 1 RPS4032CP 3 Size 2 RPS4132CP 3 Size3 RPS4232CP 3 DA Pilot Isolation Plug Kits RPS4033CP 2 Size 2 Shown Figure 9 Isolator Plug Locations with Transition Plates A Smaller Manifold Transition Plate Larger Manifold Always on Left Hi Flow Manifold Repair Kits Kit Number Description Qty RPS4012P Size 1 Manifold to Manifold Screws 3 RPS4013P Size 1 Manifold to Manifold Gasket 1 Size 2 Size 3 Manifold to Manifold RPS4112P Screws and Washers 12 RPS4113P Size 2 Manifold to Manifold Gasket 1 RPS4213P Size 3 Manifold to Manifold Gasket 1 3 2 Station Blanking Plate Use top Blanking Plate on a Manifold to reserve a place for a valve that will be added later to the manifold bank or to remove a valve from a manifold without having to remove the manifold block from the manifold bank Place Gasket and Blanking Plate on Manifold and assemble using Mounting Screws provided with kit Tighten screws to torque specifications shown in the torque chart below Apply main pressure and check for leaks If any are
285. sion may vary Consult Ross for specific information Install the Mounting Base as Follows 1 Lay out the required points as shown above in the drilling dimension drawing 2 Drill the necessary holes for 8 M4 machine or self tapping Screws 3 Mount the base using 8 M4 screws 4 Ground the system using the ground lug connection The ground lug connection is also a mounting hole Mounting Base Keyswitch Set to position 4 for the analog output modules Ground Lug Connection lt Latching Mechanism www rosscontrols com Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Output Modules Series A RPSSTACM12A RPSSTAVM12A Install the Analog Output Module To Install the Analog Output Module Proceed as Follows 1 Using a bladed screwdriver rotate the keyswitch on the mounting base clockwise until the number 4 aligns with the notch in the base 2 Position the module vertically above the mounting base The module will bridge two bases Module Will Bridge Two Bases W o RPSSTACM12A Analog Current Out CoC CO 1 U o A om J aea jram G emm i O 0 SS BS ASS oss z m Sa 3 Push the module down until it engages the latching mechanism You will hear a clicking sound when the module is properly engaged The locking mechanism will lock the modul
286. solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment a
287. such cases a DC short to ground is not needed because a low impedance AC path to ground and a high impedance DC path to ground are provided internally at each node Follow the specific instructions in the publication provided for the specific communication network cabling system Avoid breaking shields at junction boxes Many types of connectors for shielded conductors are available from various manufacturers If you do break a shield at a junction box do the following e Connect only category 2 conductors in the junction box e Do not strip the shield back any further than necessary to make a connection e Connect the shields of the two cable segments to ensure continuity along the entire length of the cable 8 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Power Distribution You can connect the power supply directly to the secondary of a transformer Figures 7 and 8 The transformer provides DC isolation from other equipment not connected to that transformer secondary Connect the transformer primary to the AC source connect the high side of the transformer secondary to the L1 terminal of the power supply connect the low side of the transformer secondary to the neutral common terminal of the power supply Figure 7 Grounded AC Power Distribution System with Master Control Relay Disc L1 0 0 O L1 Incomin To Motor I 120 6 nO L2 gt Starters Enclosure
288. sumes No consumed data scanner Tx Where CF Channel Fault Status O no error 1 fault CM Calibration Mode 0 normal 1 calibration mode LA Low Alarm 0 no error 1 fault HA High Alarm 0 no error 1 fault LLA Low Low Alarm 0 no error 1 fault HHA High High Alarm 0 no error 1 fault UR Underrange 0 no error 1 fault OR Overrange 0 no error 1 fault EDS File Requirements The EDS files are available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit Atm 2 an www rosscontrols com 5 Serial Bus 24 VDC Analog Input Modules Series A RPSSNACM12A RPSSNAVM12A Add Analog Input Modules to RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration To add your analog input modules to RSLogix 5000 I O configuration follow these steps e In RSLogix 5000 For ControlNet highlight the RPSSCCNA or 1738 ACNR Shown right click and select New Module 3 10 Configuration If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 15 X or greater e Choose the RPSSNACM12A module from the list of Parker modules MP alri Weddle Bel Steck cepa dndi Pr Emi ek Giga arg FEJ Repeat Hak chee dirag ll f Lo ta l rga d ay read a Sf L1 1 1756 CneyD Crist Scares Bera araog rolag MI H AE 0 I7IE ACMESA Cher Adanka nat piad digka arcing Hit ey ny E Ear Sek Cp i Ma New Moduke PEPR Gerad ede digka acurirg MA Ta nt Btkipet Shc hee aaam MiZ RETAIS Edra Het deel e M aT Biip Phak dep coercing Ph
289. sure proper function of the system Printed in U S A 0607 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10332 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specified pressure temperature and other conditions listed in these instructions Medium must be moisture free if ambient temperature is below freezing Service according to procedures listed in these instructions Installation service and conversion of these products must be performed by knowledgeable personnel who understand how pneumatic products are to be applied After installation servicing or conversion air and electrical supplies when necessary should be connected and the product tested for proper function and leakage If audible leakage is present or the product does not operate properly do not put into use Warnings and specifications on the product should not be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309
290. t Alternative Bolt Mounting of Chassis to the Back Panel www rosscontrols com Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Make good electrical connection between each chassis back panel and enclosure through each mounting bolt or stud Wherever contact is made remove paint or other non conductive finish from around studs or tapped holes Bonding and Grounding the Chassis With solid state controls proper bonding and grounding helps reduce the effects of EMI and ground noise Also since bonding and grounding are important for safety in electrical installations local codes and ordinances dictate which bonding and grounding methods are permissible For example for U S installations the National Electrical Code NEC gives you the requirements for safe bonding and grounding such as information about the size and types of conductors and methods of safely grounding electrical components Equipment Grounding Conductor In addition to making good connections through each bolt or stud use either 1 inch copper braid or 8 AWG minimum stranded copper wire to connect each chassis enclosure and central ground bus mounted on the back panel Figure 3 shows ground bus connection details Figure 3 Ground Bus Connection Details Ground Bus Lee Ground Bus Equipment grounding Conductors Tapped Hole Y SP Grounding electrode p conductor to Star grounding electrode Bolt Wachar system Fi
291. t Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Storage Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Un packaged Non operating Damp Heat 5 to 95 non condensing Shock IEC60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Operating 15g Non operating 50g EC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 2g 10 to 500Hz ESD Immunity IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kKHz sine wave 80 AM from 80MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz IEC 61000 4 4 3kV at 5kHz on signal ports 8 screw 7 5 in Ibs in Aluminum 16 in Ibs in Steel Weigh imperial Wet Certifications c UL us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment when product is marked certified for US and Canada CE European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity European Union 73 23 EEC LVD Directive compliant with EN61131 2 Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1 OFF to ON or ON to OFF delay is time from a valid output on or off signal
292. t Requirements RPSSN8xxx 75 mA RPSSP8xxx 75 mA RPSST8xxx 75 mA RPSSTR4M12A 90 mA RPSSNACM12A 75 mA RPSSNAVM12A 75 mA RPSSTACM12A 75 mA RPSSTAVM12A 75 mA RPSSS23A 75 mA RPSSV32A 75 mA Note In order to comply with CE Low Voltage Directives LVD you must use either a NEC Class 2 a Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV or a Protected Extra Low Voltage PELV Power Supply Specifications Power Supply power supply to power this adapter A SELV supply cannot exceed 30V rms 42 4V peak or 6OVDC under normal conditions and under single fault conditions A PELV supply has the same rating and is connected to protected earth 10 28 8VDC range Input Overvoltage Protection Inrush Current PointBus Output Current Field Side Power Requirements Maximum Interruption Output voltage will stay within specifications when input drops out for 10ms at 10V with maximum load General Specifications LED Indicators 1 green red Adapter status 1 green red PROFIBUS status 1 green red PointBus status 1 green System Power PointBus 5V power 1 green Adapter Power 24V from field supply Power Consumption Maximum 8 1W 28 8VDC Power Dissipation Maximum 2 8W 28 8VDC Thermal Dissipation Maximum 9 5 BTU hr 28 8VDC Isolation Voltage 50V rms continuous voltage withstand rating Tested at 1250VAC rms for 60s Field Power Bus Nominal Voltage 24VDC Supply Voltage 10 28 8VDC range Supply Current 10A maximum Dimensions Inches Millimeters 4
293. t Valve Driver Series A RPSSV32A Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rossilit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differences and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will ROSS CONTROLS be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages to persons or property resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation ROSS CONTROLS cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ROSS CONTROLS with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of ROSS CONTROLS is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make
294. t be covered by paint etc If masking is not possible contact your local representative for replacement labels Safety Guide For more complete information on recommended application guidelines see the Installation Safety Guidelines section of Bulletin 600 Form A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or systems in the current product catalog Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice
295. t click and select New Module 9 10 ConFiguration A 111756060 Chet_Scanres go i She CNet Scarce 3 i356 HS TG Eit Scanner Al New Module Gy Copy THE Das Rete CHE Praperbes If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 15 X or greater e Choose the RPSSCENA module from the list of Parker modules E irci iadur Woo ET ai 1 imi die Farber Hanning Evo tet cbom Ieeeted Par Mocks recut l pp Peet Ha fe i creel Dt hi Gi gr Part Herer Com Fon al FH aes i hijen Hes u are Bie a say a kin eir r FAH Ira Fao H eee Cicer Pere Fih Digit x e a al tiri Liha as A J Bere i J kimie lo Cercle Faery ft pee Ade Pp pets e Choose Next to set RPI e Choose Finish Notice that the RPSSCENA is now under the I O configuration If your RSLogic 5000 is Version 13 X e Choose the 1738 AENT SA from the list of modules Select Madu yee 1a aT T515 Fie E 150 SRC Flee ve SOC E mn 7 LEAT Ded he Bire Taed F Md i RAER TA 1 Eremi Aae lecied ar eda 1hr HF h TEHTI 1S He Te 1H 1 TA 10 100 Mito Ethernet Brigi Fifer bebe 1A PCL Hi Erat rga ected Pee Mie IAE ieke ron ee T amp C eel Feige Pi aai Ime ULUN Hi Fis e aE a be rb Tarer Lo harden Faika lindo Uran Patiga nm ir arae FE Tim pin Ciri dka TELLE Ferai TEND Hber Ctar Mrd m rece TEHTE Ehari f HG Hb Ehee Piet a CeL TEH HADHA 1 E erai i eee dong Ua IAH HaTi 1I MLE bib Eri phie Toe Faa a 7 fae erat
296. tch 250 Hz 12 ms Notch 500 Hz Step Response per module 70 ms Notch 60 Hz default 80 ms Notch 50 Hz 16 ms Notch 250 Hz 8 ms Notch 500 Hz 0 10 000 ms default 0 ms 200kQ Delta Sigma 120 dB Normal Mode Rejection Ratio 60 dB 3 dB Notch filter 15 7 Hz Notch 60 Hz 13 1 Hz Notch 50 Hz 65 5 Hz Notch 250 Hz 131 Hz Notch 500 Hz Signed integer General Specifications Maximum Overload Calibration Indicators Fault protected to 28 8VDC Factory calibrated 1 green red module status indicator logic side 1 green red network status indicator logic side green red input status indicators logic side Keyswitch Position PointBus Current Power Dissipation 5 mA 5VDC RPSSNACM12A 0 6W 28 8VDC RPSSNAVM12A 0 75W 28 8VDC RPSSNACM12A 2 0 BTU hr 28 8VDC RPSSNAVM12A 2 5 BTU hr 28 8VDC 50V rms Tested at 1250VAC rms for 60s Thermal Dissipation Maximum Isolation Voltage continuous voltage withstand rating External DC Power 2 Supply Voltage 24VDC nominal Voltage Range 10 28 8VDC Supply Current RPSSNACM12A 10 mA 24VDC RPSSNAVM12A 15 mA 24VDC Operating Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 20 to 60 C Storage Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Un packaged Non operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Un packaged Non operating Dry Heat
297. ted to an output has an input filter time constant no lower than necessary for the application After designing and installing your system following these guidelines to minimize unintentional momentary turn on and any effects thereof test the system by de energizing and then re energizing the CRM relay Figures 7 and 8 Related Publications For additional information regarding wiring and grounding guidelines refer to e Application Considerations for Solid State Controls publication A10325 this is an aid to the user of solid state controls who has considerable familiarity with relay type controls but may have limited electronic experience and knowledge 14 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 Article 250 of this code provides information about the types and sizes of conductors and methods for safely grounding electrical equipment and components Articles 725 5 725 15 725 52 and 800 52 restrict the placement of different types of conductors in a composite cable a raceway or a cable tray IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems IEEE Std 142 1991 Grounding for the Control of EMI by Hugh W Denny publisher Don White Consultants Inc 1973 Electromagnetic Interference and Compatibility Volume 3 by R J White publisher Don White Consultants Inc 1981
298. tem that is not adequately protected against atmospheric contaminants lf these contaminants are allowed to collect on printed circuit boards bridging between the conductors may result in malfunction of the circuit This could lead to noisy erratic control operation or at worst a permanent malfunction A thick coating of dust could also prevent adequate cooling on the board or heat sink causing malfunction A dust coating on heat sinks reduces their thermal efficiency Preventive measures include a specially conditioned room or a properly specified enclosure for the system 3 6 3 Shock and Vibration Excessive shock or vibration may cause damage to solid state equipment Special mounting provisions may be required to minimize damage 3 7 The Need for Education Knowledge Leads to Safety Planning for an effective solid state circuit requires enough knowledge to make basic decisions that will render the system safe as well as effective Everyone who works with a solid state control should be educated in its capabilities and limitations This includes in plant installers operators service personnel and system designers www rosscontrols com C 3 6 2 Contaminants Modules for solid state systems usually consist of electronic devices mounted on printed circuit boards with relatively close spacing between conductors Moisture in the form of humidity is one of the atmospheric contaminants which can cause failure If moisture
299. the mounting base clockwise until the number 1 aligns with the notch in the base 2 Position the module vertically above the mounting base The module will bridge two bases Module Will Bridge Two Bases RPSST8M12A ROSS 24Vdc Out wa Z m S DUT ME DYOYQHQQoQ N O N on N O o UU Ue 3 Push the module down until it engages the latching mechanism You will hear a clicking sound when the module is properly engaged The locking mechanism will lock the module to the base Remove the Digital Output Module From the Mounting Base To Remove the Module from the Mounting Base 1 Put a flat blade screwdriver into the slot of the orange latching mechanism 2 Push the screwdriver toward the I O module to disengage the latch The module will lift up off the base 3 Pull the module off of the base 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Output Modules Series A RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A Wire the Output Modules Following are wiring instructions for the digital output modules RPSST8M23A RPSST8M8A view into connector view into connector Pin 1 Output O Pin 7 Output 6 Pin 1 24VDC Pin 2 Output 1 Pin 8 Output 7 Pin 3 Common Pin 3 Output 2 Pin 9 Return Com Pin 4 Output 0 M8 A Pin 4 Output 3 Pin 10 Return Com Output 1 M8 B Pin 5 Output 4 Pin 11 24VDC Output 2 M8 C l l Output 3 M8 D Pin 6
300. the operating conditions Maintenance recommendations of the manufacturer or appropriate product standards should be followed Useful reference publications for setting up a maintenance program are NFPA 70B 1983 Maintenance of Electrical Equipment and NFPA 70E 1983 Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces 5 2 Preventive Maintenance The following factors should be considered when formulating a maintenance program 1 Maintenance must be performed by qualified personnel familiar with the construction operation and hazards involved with the control 2 Maintenance should be performed with the control out of operation and disconnected from all sources of power lf maintenance must be performed while the control is energized the safety related practices of NFPA 70E should be followed 3 Care should be taken when servicing electrostatic sensitive components The manufacturer s recommendations for these components should be followed 4 Ventilation passages should be kept open If the equipment depends upon auxiliary cooling e g air water or oil periodic inspection with filter replacement when necessary should be made of these systems 5 The means employed for grounding or insulating the equipment from ground should be checked to assure its integrity see 4 5 6 Accumulations of dust and dirt on all parts including on semiconductor heat sinks should be removed according to the manufacturer s instru
301. tin 600 Form 3 5 Countering the Effects of Off State Current 0 000 13 A10309 or you can download the Installation Safety Guidelines at 36 www rosscontrols com rosslit htm Avoiding Adverse Environmental Conditions 14 3 7 The Need for Education Knowledge Leads to Safety 15 Section 4 Installation Guidelines ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 16 4 1 Installation and Wiring Practice ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 16 4 2 Enclosures Cooling and Ventilating cceeeeeeeees 17 4 3 Special Handling of Electrostatic Sensitive Devices 17 4 4 Compatibility of Devices with Applied Voltages and Frequencies ane eee ee eee ee eee en ee 17 AS Testing FP FOGAUIONS scncsieconssecanenesebassassuaauanenenunmimenacenenes 17 4 6 Startup Procedures cccccsscccccsssseeeeceeeseeeeeeseeseeeeeseasess 18 Section 5 Preventive Maintenance and Repair Guidelines 19 A N WARNING E cccscsssssssssssssssssssessessesecsescsesessestsssssssssssssssssssssssssee 19 FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE 5 2 Preventive Maintenance cccccccssececsseeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeesees 19 PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED 5 3 Repair crsrieateneerensniaeacestnsesadaeannesenemetenenieesnuncanueeeteaneuctanasntns 20 ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE 5 4 Safety Recommendations for Maintenance Personnel 20 This document and other informat
302. ting IEC60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 5g 10 to 500Hz ESD Immunity IEC 61000 4 2 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 1kHz sine wave 80 AM from 30MHz to 2000MHz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900Mhz 10V m with 200Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890Mhz Weight Imperial Metric Certifications when product is marked UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada European Union 89 336 EEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 50082 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61326 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions 1 Includes offset gain non linearity and repeatability error terms 2 Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Printed in U S A 0807 Copyright 2007 ROSS CONTROLS All Rights Reserved Form A10322 WARNING To avoid unpredictable system behavior that can cause personal injury and property damage Disconnect electrical supply when necessary before installation servicing or conversion Disconnect air supply and depressurize all air lines connected to this product before installation servicing or conversion Operate within the manufacturer s specifi
303. tput 1 p p p p O Cc PF 2 ang Cc e z eg Cc P 2 OF Cc e O Ng Cc e Cc mk F O Cc Og Cc me O Z O Comal O Z Cama O F O O o S Z O a F Z Caa O rab w amp NESE CS c 5 lN 5P Cc F O Cc F O Rh amp O KROol oo Cc Cc F Ca Oled lat NO NO oS5l 5 o 5 Cc O Cc _ O C Cc N N OBlOolInMso Cc P O ywsl s is No Ouo sv Cc Cc e ee O O vS S 5 OO CO O Cc F O Cc F Ej E DO agl Ns F O G rP p 2 Produce 3 Output O 3 Produce 4 Fault 28 31 2 Consume 0 Output 7 Consume 1 Output 15 Consume 2 Output O 23 Consume 3 Output O 31 5 3 1 u at T o a T o c F T A F a IS NO N NO O NO OG h O L co h NO i on P lh _ P N a oo 2 z Cc F 2 oz Cc O Cc p O Cc z OF Cc e 2 Ng Cc ee Cc ee t O Cc 2 Og Cc e O S Oo Cc e O e F O F O Cc e O S on Cc F O o amp O e O Z F O me F Oj _ E NO m 5l 5S5 Z b Z Z NO k osolnaoltF F Ro amp N O Cc F O Kokoi iae Cc ee O S 0 O e O S NO Cc b S a ogr Cc me tput O O Z re O _ N 5 p No NG Cc p O re O
304. trical noise than category 2 High power digital AC I O lines to connect AC I O conductors and may also cause more noise to be modules rated for high power and high noise immunity picked up by adjacent conductors High power digital DC I O lines to connect DC I O modules rated for high power or with input circuits with e Corresponds to IEEE levels 3 low susceptibility long time constant filters for high noise rejection They and 4 power typically connect devices such as hard contact switches relays and solenoids Signal and Communication low power conductors Category 2 Analog I O lines and DC power lines for analog circuits that are less tolerant of electrical noise than Low power digital AC DC I O lines to connect to I O category 1 conductors and should also cause less modules that are rated for low power such as low power noise to be picked up by adjacent conductors they contact output modules connect to sensors and actuators relatively close to Low power digital DC I O lines to connect to DC I O the I O modules modules that are rated for low power and have input circuits with short time constant filters to detect short e Corresponds to IEEE levels 1 high susceptibility pulses They typically connect to devices such as and 2 medium susceptibility proximity switches photo electric sensors TTL devices and encoders Communication cables ControlNet DeviceNet RS 232 C cables to connect between processo
305. ts in the system Leakage is an indication of worn or damaged components e Damaged or degraded components Look to see if there are any visible signs of wear or component degradation e Kinked crushed or damaged hoses Kinked hoses can result in restricted air flow and lead to unpredictable system behavior e Any observed improper system or component function Immediately shut down the system and correct malfunction e Excessive dirt build up Dirt and clutter can mask potentially hazardous situations Caution Leak detection solutions should be rinsed off after use 4 5 Routine Maintenance Issues e Remove excessive dirt grime and clutter from work areas e Make sure all required guards and shields are in place 4 6 Functional Test Before initiating automatic operation operate the system manually to make sure all required functions operate properly and safely 4 7 Service or Replacement Intervals It is the user s responsibility to establish appropriate service intervals Valves and FRLs contain components that age harden wear and otherwise deteriorate over time Environmental conditions can significantly accelerate this process Valves and FRLs need to be serviced or replaced on routine intervals Service intervals need to be established based on e Previous performance experiences e Government and or industrial standards e When failures could result in unacceptable down time equipment damage or personal injury risk 4 8 Servi
306. uct safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment e Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static e Wear an approved grounding wrist strap e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e f available use a static safe workstation e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging All Rights Reserved Serial Bus 24 VDC Output Modules Series A RPSST8M23A RPSST8M12A RPSST8M8A Mount the I O Base To mount the I O base on a wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the base IMPORTANT The I O module must be mounted on a grounded metal mounting plate or other conductive surface A mounting illustration for the base with an adapter is shown below
307. uire operating conditions and applications for these products or systems the an additional appropriate housing DeviceNet connectors are user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making sealed Micro M12 or Mini 7 8 styles The DeviceNet adapters the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance safety and warning requirements of the application are met The products described herein including without limitation product features specifications designs availability and pricing are subject to change by Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters User Manual ROSS CONTROLS and its subsidiaries at any time without notice The Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters A10311 is available online at EXTRA COPIES OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION IN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT UTILIZE THESE PRODUCTS www rosscontrols com rosslit htm CONTACT YOUR LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE are shown below Serial Bus DeviceNet Adapters Series A RPSSCDM12A RPSSCDM18PA Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Form A10325 available online at www rosscontrols com rosslit htm describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of these differenc
308. ure rockwellautomation com Installation amp Service Instructions A10315 Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter Series A RPSSCCNA ISSUED August 2007 Supersedes None Introduction Follow these instructions when installing operating or servicing the product Serial Bus ControlNet Adapter Series A RPSSCCNA The sealed IP67 housing of the adapter requires no enclosure Note that environmental requirements other than IP67 may require an additional appropriate housing ControlNet connectors are two redundant TNC style network connectors and one mini style power connector The ControlNet adapter is shown below RPSSCCNA ControlNet A ge i RPSSCCNA TNC Style ControlNet R AcontrolNet Connectors Adapter a Status Node Beanies atu Ad d ress ControlNet A Status Switches ControlNet B Status ae System Power Mini 7 8 Adapter sja Power Auxiliary Power Connector ROS N WARNING FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from ROSS CONTROLS its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application including consequences of any failure and review the informati
309. vironment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additional system enclosure when used in locations consistent with the enclosure type ratings stated in the Specifications section of this publication Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings beyond what this product provides that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications NOTE See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the publication A10324 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment ATTENTION A Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage a
310. wall or panel use the screw holes provided in the base IMPORTANT The I O module must be mounted on a grounded metal mounting plate or other conductive surface Depending on the type and number of manifolds this dimension may vary Consult Ross for specific information A mounting illustration for the base with an adapter is shown below 1 9 2 0 0 87 2 0 3 13 5 98 47 2 50 22 50 79 4 151 9 Adapter g lt N N o 8 De 0 i i 0 4 02 jH Nes F 2 39 102 O O b y 60 7 A I I I i O oo O O 4 DALA Oe he Ore I ol O 2 o A gt a na ay 4 32 EA i 7 e wA i Ned l 3 02 5 39 Drill and Tap 76 6 137 0 Drill and Tap for M4 Screw for M6 Screw Install the 32 Point Valve Driver To Install the 32 Point Valve Driver Proceed as Follows 1 Assemble the valve driver to the manifold interface plate using four M4 screws torqued 11 to 13 in Ibs 2 Plug the 32 point valve driver onto the previous mounting base or communication adapter Co o Coa Wire the 32 Point Valve Driver Following are wiring instructions for the 32 point valve driver Gell Cae Use the appropriate harness assembly based on your manifold wiring interconnect system
311. worsens with each additional manifold 2 Tie Rod 3 per Base 7 Manifold Base Size 0 Manifold Assembly Wiring Instructions 3 Gasket Standard 8 Right End Plate 1 Follow all requirements for local and national electrical 4 Manifold Base Size 00 9 Mounting Screws codes 5 Gasket Blocked 1 10 Pipe Plug 2 An External Ground Connection must be attached to the Manifold Assembly An external ground location is provided Assembly Techniques on the Manifold End Plate See drawing All 25 Pin D Sub versions must use this ground connection 19 Pin and 16 Pin Terminal Strip versions may omit this connection only if the ground is connected through the connector Otherwise the external ground connection location must be used 1 Lay Left Hand End Plate Item 1 on left side when looking at cylinder ports 2 Attach three Tie Rods Item 2 to the Left End Plate Item 1 by hand tightening them down completely and then king off 1 2 turns Mount the Gasket h acy turns Mount the Gasket item 3 over the Manifold End Plate Assembly Torque Values 3 Add Manifold Base Item 4 Place 3 Tie Rods Item 2 W66 Size 0 W66 Size 00 through the Base and screw into the Tie Rods mounted in Torque in lb Nm 65 to 70 7 3 to 7 9 the Left End Plate by hand tightening them down completely and then backing off 1 2 turns 4 Build manifold vertically by adding remaining Manifolds Manifold Kits Gaskets and Tie Rods cae l Description
312. xception that explains the conditions under which this isolation from the raceway is permitted Surge Suppression Transient EMI can be generated whenever inductive loads such as relays solenoids motor starters or motors are operated by hard contacts such as pushbutton or selector switches The wiring guidelines are based on the assumption that you guard your system against the effects of transient EMI by using surge suppressors to suppress transient EMI at its source Inductive loads switched by solid state output devices alone do not require Ssurge suppression However inductive loads of AC output modules that are in series or parallel with hard contacts require Surge suppression to protect the module output circuits as well as to suppress transient EMI Figure 10 shows three Examples of where to use suppressors In Example 1 although the motor starter coil is an inductive load it does not need a suppressor because it is switched by a solid state device alone In Example 2 the relay coil needs a suppressor because a hard contact switch is in series with the solid state switch However in both Examples 1 and 2 we show a suppressor on the motor and solenoid because it is an inductive load switched by the hard contacts of the motor starter or relay Even if they have no interaction with the control system regularly cycled loads of this type need suppression if conductors connecting to these loads are 1 connected to the same se
313. y by hand firmly To confirm the gasket is indeed attached to the Regulator Body lift the Regulator Body by about one half inch Both rubber projections should remain in the holes 6 Lay the Regulator Body back on the Base Step 3 Install Valve 1 Locate Valve Gasket 7 on bottom of Valve Body 2 Install valve onto Regulator 3 Carefully engage the Valve Electrical Plug 4 Using hex wrench tighten two Screws 8 torque 1 5 to 1 7 Nm 13 to 15 in lb for Size 0 0 9 to 1 1 Nm 8 to 10 in lb for Size 00 Step 4 Leakage Check 1 Apply pressure to base and check for audible leakage at various joints If any are present do not not operate the valve repeat the assembly procedure until satisfied Note If both a Interposed Flow Control and Interposed Regulator is to be installed the Flow Control should be installed between the Regulator and the Base Refer to Interposed Flow Control Installation amp Service Instructions A10327 for Interposed Flow Control installation iS Regulator Electrical Plug Size 0 Independent Port Interposed Regulator Outlet Pressure Adjustment 1 Before turning on the air supply turn the adjusting knob counterclockwise until compression is released from the pressure control spring then turn on air supply Proceed to adjust the desired downstream pressure by turning adjusting knob clockwise This permits pressure to build up slowly in the downstream line 2 To decrease regulated
314. you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION A Ole 72 Labels may be located on or inside the Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e Identify a Hazard e Avoid a Hazard e Recognize the Consequence equipment to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present A GOR yA GD Labels may be located on or inside the equipment to alert people that surfaces may be dangerous temperatures 2007 ROSS CONTROLS ATTENTION A Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in overvoltage Category Il applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance This equipment is supplied as enclosed equipment It should not require additiona

ISO Valves Serial Bus Installation Guides

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents